Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual

Transcription

Installation, Operation,
and Maintenance Manual
IOM 1202-2
Group: Chiller
Part Number: IOM1202-2
Date: May 2015
Pathfinder®
Air-cooled Screw Chillers
Model AWS
170 to 550 Tons (600 to 1935 kW) 60Hz
164 to 604 Tons (575 to 2125 kW) 50Hz
HFC-134a Refrigerant
Table of Contents
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Circuit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Installation and Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Alarms and Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
Lifting and Mounting Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Using the Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
Isolator Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50
Optional Remote User Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
Electrical Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Optional Compressor VFD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Pressure Drop Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Startup and Shutdown . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
Controller Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94
System Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Sequence of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
Appendix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
Unit Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114
Hazard Identification
DANGER
Dangers indicate a hazardous situation which will result in
serious injury or death if not avoided.
WARNING
Warnings indicate potentially hazardous situations which
can result in property damage, servere personal injury or
death if not avoided.
CAUTION
Cautions indicate potentially hazardous situations which
can result in personal injury or equipment damage if not
avoided.
Manufactured in an ISO 9001 & ISO 14001 certified facility
©2015 Daikin Applied. Illustrations and data cover the Daikin Applied product at the time of publication and we reserve the right to
make changes in design and construction at any time without notice.
IOM 1202-2 • PATHFINDER® MODEL AWS CHILLERS
2
www.DaikinApplied.com
Pre-Start Checklist – Screw Chillers
Must be completed, signed and provided to Daikin Applied at least 2 weeks prior to requested start date.
Cut Here 
Job Name
Installation Location
Customer Order Number
Model Number(s)
G.O. Number(s)
Chilled Water
Piping Complete
Water strainer installed on evaporator entering chilled water piping per IM
Water System filled, flushed and vented
Pumps installed and operational (rotation checked, strainers cleaned)
Controls operational (3-way valves, face/bypass dampers, bypass valves, etc.)
Water system operated and tested; flow meets unit design requirements
Flow switch installed and wired
Vent installed on evaporator
Glycol at design %
Electrical
Building controls operational
*Power leads connected to power block or optional disconnect
Power leads have been checked for proper phasing and voltage
All interlock wiring complete and compliant with Daikin specifications
Power applied at least 24 hours before startup
Oil heaters energized at least 24 hours before startup
Chiller components (EXV Sensors Transducers) installed and wired properly.
*Wiring complies with National Electrical Code and local codes (See Notes)
Remote EXV wired with shielded cable
Miscellaneous
Unit control switches all off
Remote Evaporator Piping factory reviewed and approved
All refrigerant components/piping leak tested, evacuated and charged
Thermometers, wells, gauges, control, etc., installed
Minimum system load of 80% capacity available for testing/adjusting controls
Document Attached: Technical Breakdown from Selection Software
Document Attached: Final Order Acknowledgement
Document Attached: Remote evaporator piping approval
Yes
No
N/A
Initials
Yes
No
N/A
Initials
Yes
No
N/A
Initials
Notes: The most common problems delaying start-up and affecting unit reliability are:
1. Field installed compressor motor power supply leads too small. Questions: Contact the local Daikin sales representative*. State size, number and
type of conductors and conduits installed:
a.
From Power supply to chiller
* Refer to NEC Article 430-22 (a)
2. Remote Evaporator piping incomplete or incorrect. Provide approved piping diagrams.
3. Items on this list incorrectly acknowledged may result in delayed start and extra expenses incurred for return trips.
Contractor Representative
Daikin Applied Sales Representative
Signed:
Signed:
Name:
Name:
Company:
Company:
Date:
Date:
Phone/Email:
Phone/Email:
©2014 Daikin Applied
Form SF01017 P/N 331977001
10OCT2014
Introduction
Introduction
General Information
Pathfinder®
Daikin
air-cooled chillers are complete, selfcontained chillers that include the latest in engineered
components arranged to provide a compact and efficient unit.
Each unit is completely assembled, factory wired, evacuated,
charged, tested and comes complete and ready for installation.
Each compressor has an independent refrigeration circuit.
Liquid line components included are a manual liquid line shutoff
valve, charging port, filter-drier, sight-glass/moisture indicator,
and electronic expansion valve. A discharge check valve and
discharge shutoff valve are included and a compressor suction
shutoff valve is optional. Other features include compressor
heaters, evaporator heaters for freeze protection, automatic,
one-time pumpdown of each refrigerant circuit upon circuit
shutdown, and an advanced fully integrated controller.
Remote Evaporator Models
For enhanced application flexibility, Pathfinder® chillers are
also available with a remote evaporator option. Information on
remote evaporator units can be found in the current installation
manual for remote evaporator configurations, available at
www.DaikinApplied.com.
Inspections
Pathfinder® units are available in one of three unit efficiency
levels - standard, high, and premium.
When the equipment is received, carefully check all items
against the bill of lading to verify for a complete shipment.
Check all units for damage upon arrival. All shipping damage
must be reported to the carrier and a claim must be filed
with the carrier. Check the unit name plate before unloading
the unit to be sure that it agrees with the power supply
available. Physical damage to a unit after shipment is not the
responsibility of Daikin.
Information on the operation of the unit MicroTech®III controller
can be found starting on page 94.
NOTE: Unit shipping and operating weights are shown in the
Lifting and Mounting section beginning on page 16
Nomenclature
AWS XXX C D S E
Unit configuration
E = Standard packaged
M = Remote Evaporator
Model
AWS = Air-Cooled World Product Screw Compressor
Nominal unit size
(cataloged size—nominal unit capacity)
Unit efficiency
S = Standard
H = High
P = Premium
Design vintage
Unit compressors
D = Dual compressors
T = Triple compressors
Table 1: Operating Limits
Maximum standby ambient temperature
130°F (54.4°C)
Maximum operating standard ambient temperature
105°F (40.6°C)
with optional high ambient package
Note: some standard efficiency units may not operate fully loaded up to the 125°F maximum ambient temp limit. Some
units offer a reduced RFS option limiting max ambient to 118°F. Contact the Daikin Applied sales office for information.
125°F (52°C)
Minimum operating ambient temperature (standard control)
35°F (2°C)
Minimum operating ambient temperature (with optional low-ambient control)
0°F (-18°C)
Leaving chilled water temperature [NOTE: 60°F (15.6°C) max with VFD and reduced RFS option]
40°F to 70°F
(4.4°C to 21.1°C)
Leaving chilled fluid temperatures (with anti-freeze) - Unloading is not permitted with fluid leaving temperatures below
30°F (-1°C). [NOTE: 60°F (15.6°C) max with VFD and reduced RFS option]
20°F to 70°F
(-6.7°C to 21.1°C)
Operating chilled water delta-T range
6°F to 18°F
(3.3°C to 10°C)
Maximum evaporator operating inlet fluid temperature
88°F (31.1°C)
Maximum evaporator non-operating inlet fluid temperature
100°F (38°C)
3
Installation and Startup
Installation and maintenance are to be performed only by
qualified personnel who are familiar with local codes and
regulations, and experienced with this type of equipment.
WARNING
Sharp edges and coil surfaces are a potential injury hazard.
Avoid contact with them.
For pad-mounted units, it is recommended that the unit be
raised a few inches with suitable supports such as neoprene
waffle vibration pads, located at least under the mounting
locations. This will allow water to drain from under the unit and
facilitate cleaning under it.
Figure 1: Required Lifting Method

Startup by a Daikin Applied service representative is included
on all Pathfinder® units sold for installation within the U.S.
and Canada and must be performed by them to initiate the
standard Limited Product Warranty. Startup by any party other
than a Daikin Applied service representative will void the
Limited Product Warranty. Two-week prior notification of startup
is required. The contractor should obtain a copy of the Startup
Scheduled Request Form from the sales representative or from
the nearest Daikin Applied service office.

















WARNING
Escaping refrigerant can displace air and cause suffocation.
Immediately evacuate and ventilate the equipment area. If
the unit is damaged, follow Environmental Protection Agency
(EPA) requirements. Do not expose sparks, arcing equipment,
open flame or other ignition source to the refrigerant.
Handling
DANGER


Improper lifting or moving of a unit can result in property
damage, severe personal injury or death. Follow rigging and
moving instructions carefully.
Avoid rough handling shock due to impact or dropping the unit.
Do not push or pull the unit. Never allow any part of the unit
to fall during unloading or moving as this can result in serious
damage.
To lift the unit, lifting tabs with 3” (76 mm) diameter holes
are provided on the base of the unit. All lifting holes must be
used when lifting the unit. Spreader bars and cables should
be arranged to prevent damage to the condenser coils or unit
cabinet (see Figure 1).
Location
Locate the unit outdoors and provide proper airflow to the
condenser. (See page 5 for required clearances.)Using
less clearance than shown in Figure 2 can cause discharge
air recirculation to the condenser and could have a significant
detrimental effect on unit performance.














NOTE: 1.Unit with 8 lifting points illustrated above; the
number of condenser sections, fans, and lifting points
can vary from this diagram.see lifting/mounting
drawings beginning on page 16 to identfy the
number of lifting points for a specific unit.
2.All rigging points must be used. See weights
at lifting points beginning on page 16 for each
specific size unit.
3.Crosswise and lengthwise spreader bars must be
used to avoid damage to unit.
Mounting Hole Access
The inside of the base rail is open to allow access for securing
mounting bolts, etc.
Due to the shape of the condenser coils on Pathfinder® chillers,
it is recommended that the unit be oriented so that prevailing
winds blow parallel to the unit length, thus minimizing the wind
effect on condensing pressure and performance. If low ambient
temperature operation is expected, optional louvers should be
installed if the unit has no protection against prevailing winds.
4
Service Access
Compressors, filter-driers, and manual liquid line shutoff valves
are accessible on each side or end of the unit. The evaporator
heater is located on the barrel.
The control panels are located on the end of the chiller.
The left-hand control box contains the unit and circuit
microprocessors as well as transformers, fuses and terminal.
The right-hand panel contains a circuit breaker. A minimum
of four feet of clearance is required in front of the panels. The
side clearance required for airflow provides sufficient service
clearance.
2 Minimum clearance on each side is 8 feet (2.4 m)
when installed in a pit no deeper than the unit height.
Unit must not be installed in a pit or enclosure that
is deeper or taller than the height of the unit unless
extra clearance is provided per note 4. See Case 5
for performance adjustment factors when installations
vary from minimum values.
3 Minimum side clearance to a side wall or building
taller than the unit height is 6 feet (1.8 meters),
provided no solid wall above 6 feet (1.8 meters) is
closer than 12 feet (3.7 meters) to the opposite side
of the unit. See Case 1 for performance adjustment
factors when installations vary from minimum values.
On all Pathfinder® units, the condenser fans and motors can
be removed from the top of the unit. The complete fan/motor
assembly can be removed for service. The fan blade must be
removed for access to wiring terminals at the top of the motor.
4 There must be no obstruction of the fan discharge.
Restricted Air Flow
DANGER
Disconnect, lockout and tag all power to the unit before
servicing condenser fan motors or compressors. Failure to do
so can cause bodily injury or death.
The clearances required for design operation of Pathfinder®
air-cooled chillers are described in the previous section.
Occasionally, these clearances cannot be maintained due to
site restrictions such as units being too close together or a
fence or wall restricting airflow, or both. Pathfinder® chillers
have several features that may help mitigate the penalties
attributable to restricted airflow.
Do not block access to the sides or ends of the unit with piping
or conduit. These areas must be open for service access.
Do not block access to the control panels with field-mounted
disconnect switches.
Clearance Requirements
The clearance requirements shown are a general guideline and
cannot account for all scenarios. Such factors as prevailing
winds, additional equipment within the space, design outdoor
air temperature, and numerous other factors may require more
clearance than what is shown.
Figure 2: Guidelines
NOTE: 1 Minimum side clearance between two units is 12
feet (3.7 m). See Case 2 for spacing closer than 12 ft.
The condenser section is “W” shaped, as shown below. This
allows inlet air for these coils to come in from both sides
and the bottom. All the coils in one “V” section serve one
compressor except for 3 circuit units which use both sides of
the “W” shaped condenser coil..
The MicroTech® III control is proactive in response to “offdesign conditions”. In the case of single or compounded
influences restricting airflow to the unit, the microprocessor will
act to keep the unit running (at reduced capacity), rather than
allowing a shut-off on high discharge pressure.
Figure 3: Air Flow
5
Case 1: Building or Wall on One Side of Unit
Case 2: Two Units Side By Side
The existence of a screening wall or the wall of a building
in close proximity to an air-cooled chiller is common in both
rooftop and ground level applications. Hot air recirculation
on the coils adjoining the wall will increase compressor
discharge pressure, decreasing capacity and increasing power
consumption.
Two or more units sited side by side are common. If spaced
closer than 12 feet (3.7 meters) it is necessary to adjust the
performance of each unit; circuits adjoining each other are
affected. If one of the two units also has a wall adjoining it, see
Case 1. Add the two adjustment factors together and apply to
the unit located between the wall and the other unit.
When close to a wall, it is desirable to place chillers on the
north or east side of them. It is also desirable to have prevailing
winds blowing parallel to the unit’s long axis. The worst case is
to have wind blowing hot discharge air into the wall.
Mounting units end to end will not necessitate adjusting
performance. Do not use pit or solid wall surrounds where the
ambient air temperature exceeds 100°F (38°C).
Figure 4: Case 1 - Unit Adjacent to Wall
Figure 6: Case 2 - Two Units Side by Side
Figure 5: Case 1 - Adjustment Factors
6
Case 3: Three or More Units Side By Side
Case 4: Open Screening Walls
When three or more units are side by side, the outside chillers
(1 and 3 in this case) are influenced by the middle unit only on
their inside circuits. Their adjustment factors will be the same
as Case 2. All inside units (only number 2 in this case) are
influenced on both sides and must be adjusted by the factors
shown below.
Decorative screening walls are often used to help conceal a
unit either on grade or on a rooftop. Design these walls such
that the combination of their open area and distance from the
unit do not require performance adjustment. It is assumed that
the wall height is equal to or less than the unit height when
mounted on its base support. This is usually satisfactory for
concealment. If the wall height is greater than the unit height,
see Case 5, Pit Installation.
Figure 8: Case 3 - Three or More Units
The distance from the sides of the unit to the side walls must
be sufficient for service, such as opening control panel doors.
If each side wall is a different distance from the unit, the
distances can be averaged providing either wall is not less than
8 feet (2.4 meters) from the unit. For example, do not average
4 feet and 20 feet to equal 12 feet (1 meter and 5 meters to
equal 3 meters).
Figure 10: Case 4 - Open Screening Walls
Figure 11: Case 4 - Adjustment Factor
7
Case 5: Pit/Solid Wall Installation
Pit installations can cause operating problems resulting
from recirculation and restriction can both occur. A solid wall
surrounding a unit is substantially the same as a pit and the
data presented here should be used.
Full Load Capacity Adjustment Factor
6.00
D=6 ft
(1.8m)
D=8 ft
(2.4m)
5.00
Capacity Reduction (%)
Steel grating is sometimes used to cover a pit to prevent
accidental falls or trips into the pit. The grating material and
installation design must be strong enough to prevent such
accidents, yet provide abundant open area to avoid serious
recirculation problems. Have any pit installation reviewed by a
Daikin Applied sales representative prior to installation to make
sure it has sufficient air-flow characteristics, and approved by
the installation design engineer to avoid risk of accident.
Figure 12: Case 5 - Pit Installation
4.00
3.00
D=10 ft
(3.1m)
2.00
1.00
0.00
8
(2.4)
10
(3.1)
12
(3.7)
14
(4.3)
H - Height of Wall or Building in ft. (m)
8
Chilled Water Piping
Figure 14: Typical Piping, Shell and Tube Evaporator
VENT
3/8” PIPE PLUG
LEAVING FLUID
TEMP. SENSOR
OUTLET
VIBRATION
ELIMINATOR
FLOW
SWITCH
INLET
VALVED
PRESSURE
GAUGE
VIBRATION
ELIMINATOR
DRAIN
WATER
STRAINER
BALANCING
VALVE
GATE
VALVE
PROTECT ALL FIELD PIPING
AGAINST FREEZING
GATE
VALVE
FLOW
FLOW
the inlet and outlet connections of the evaporator for
measuring water pressure drop.
CAUTION
To prevent damage to the evaporator and potential chiller
failure, a supply strainer is required in the inlet water piping
which connects to this evaporator. This strainer must be
installed prior to operation of the chilled liquid pumps.
• Shutoff valves are necessary to isolate the unit from the
piping during unit servicing.
• Minimum bends and changes in elevation to minimize
pressure drop.
Field installed water piping to the chiller must include:
• An expansion tank or regulating valve to maintain
adequate water pressure
• A cleanable strainer installed at the water inlet to the
evaporator to remove debris and impurities before they
reach the evaporator. Install cleanable strainer within
5 feet (1500 mm) of pipe length from the evaporator
inlet connection and downstream of any welded
connections (no welded connections between strainer
and evaporator).
• Vibration eliminators in both the supply and return water
lines to reduce transmissions to the building.
• Flush the system water piping thoroughly before making
connections to the unit evaporator.
• Piping insulation, including a vapor barrier, helps prevent
condensation and reduces heat loss.
• AWS-C models require a strainer with perforations no
larger than 0.125” (3.2 mm) diameter. See the Inlet
Strainer Guidelines on page 10 for more information.
• A water flow switch must be installed in the horizontal
piping of the supply (evaporator outlet) water line to avoid
evaporator freeze-up under low or no flow conditions. The
flow switch may be ordered as a factory-installed option,
a field-installed kit, or may be supplied and installed in the
field. See page 11 for more information.
• Purge air from the water system before unit start-up to
provide adequate flow through the evaporator.
• Adequate piping support, independent from the unit,
to eliminate weight and strain on the fittings and
connections.
It is recommended that the field installed water piping to the
chiller include:
• Regular water analysis and chemical water treatment
for the evaporator loop is recommended immediately at
equipment start-up.
Chilled Water Pump
It is important that the chilled water pumps be wired to, and
controlled by, the chiller controller. The chiller controller has
the capability to selectively start pump A or B or automatically
alternate pump selection and also has standby operation
capability. The controller will energize the pump whenever at
least one circuit on the chiller is enabled to run, whether there
is a call for cooling or not. This helps ensure proper unit startup
sequence. The pump will also be turned on when the water
temperature goes below the Freeze Setpoint for longer than
a specified time to help prevent evaporator freeze-up. Wiring
connection points are shown in Figure 56 on page 60.
• Thermometers at the inlet and outlet connections of the
evaporator.
• Water pressure gauge connection taps and gauges at
9
CAUTION
Adding glycol or draining the system is the recommended
method of freeze protection. If the chiller does not have the
ability to control the pumps and the water system is not drained
in temperatures below freezing, catastrophic evaporator
failure may occur. Adding glycol or draining the system is the
recommended method of freeze protection. If the chiller does
not have the ability to control the pumps and the water system
is not drained in temperatures below freezing, catastrophic
evaporator failure may occur.
Table 2: Strainer Sizing Data
Strainer
Size (in.)
Strainer Plus
Pipe Length
(in.)
Strainer
Weight
(lbs)
6
30.5
72
8
36.0
125
10
43.0
205
Figure 15: Strainer Pressure Drop
Failure to allow pump control by the chiller controller may
cause the following problems:
1. If any device other than the chiller attempts to start the
chiller without first starting the pump, the chiller will lock
out on the No Flow alarm and require manual reset.
2. If the chiller evaporator water temperature drops below
the “Freeze setpoint” the chiller will attempt to start the
water pumps to avoid evaporator freeze. If the chiller
does not have the ability to start the pumps, the chiller
will alarm due to lack of water flow.
3. If the chiller does not have the ability to control the
pumps and the water system is not to be drained in
temperatures below freezing, the chiller may be subject
to catastrophic evaporator failure due to freezing. The
freeze rating of the evaporator is based on the immersion
heater and pump operation. The immersion heater itself
may not be able to properly protect the evaporator from
freezing without circulation of water.
Inlet Strainer Guidelines
An inlet water strainer kit must be installed in the chilled water
piping before the evaporator inlet. Two paths are available to
meet this requirement:
1. A field-installed kit shipped-loose with the unit is available
for all unit sizes and consists of:
• Y-type area strainer with 304 stainless steel perforated
basket, Victaulic pipe connections and strainer cap [a
strainer with perforations no larger than 0.125” (3.2
mm) diameter for AWS-C models].
• Extension pipe with two Schrader fittings that can be
used for a pressure gauge and thermal dispersion flow
switch. The pipe provides sufficient clearance from the
evaporator for strainer basket removal.
• ½-inch blowdown valve
• Two grooved clamps
The strainer is sized per Table 2 and has the pressure drop
shown in the Strainer Pressure Drop graph. Connection sizes
are given in the Pressure Drop Data section on page 82.
2. A field-supplied strainer that meets specification and
installation requirements of this manual.
Installing Inlet Strainer (Field-installed Kit)
The extension pipe is located adjacent to the evaporator with
the strainer then mounted to it. The strainer must be mounted
per manufacturer’s instruction with the arrows in the direction
of flow; inlet and outlet are noted along with the arrows.
Use one Victaulic clamp to mount the extension pipe to the
evaporator and the second to mount the strainer to the pipe.
The clamps to mount the field piping to the strainer are field
supplied. The piping and strainer must be supported to prevent
any stress on the evaporator nozzle.
The extension pipe has two Schrader fittings that can be
used as desired. The ball valve can be installed in the strainer
basket cover as a blow-down valve.
System Water Volume
All chilled water systems need adequate time to recognize a
load change, respond to that load change and stabilize, without
undesirable short cycling of the compressors or loss of control.
In air conditioning systems, the potential for short cycling
usually exists when the building load falls below the minimum
chiller plant capacity or on close-coupled systems with very
small water volumes.
Some of the things the designer should consider when looking
at water volume are the minimum cooling load, the minimum
chiller plant capacity during the low load period and the desired
cycle time for the compressors.
Assuming that there are no sudden load changes and that
the chiller plant has reasonable turndown, a rule of thumb of
10www.DaikinApplied.com
“gallons of water volume equal to two to three times the chilled
water gpm flow rate” is often used. Refer to AG 31-003 for
method of calculating “Minimum Chilled Water Volume”.
A properly designed storage tank may be added if the system
components do not provide sufficient water volume.
Variable Speed Pumping
Variable water flow involves reducing the water flow through
the evaporator as the load decreases. Daikin chillers are
designed for this duty, provided that the rate of change in water
flow is slow, and the minimum and maximum flow rates for the
evaporator are not exceeded.
The recommended maximum change in water flow is 10
percent of the change per minute. For example, if the
maximum (design) flow is 200 gpm and the flow is reduced
to a minimum of 140 gpm, the change in flow is 60 gpm, so
the maximum change per minute would be 10% of 60, or 6
gpm per minute. It would take ten minutes to change the flow
through the entire range.
The water flow through the evaporator must remain between
the minimum and maximum values listed, beginning on page
82. Note that units with variable chilled water flow can
tolerate lower minimum flows than constant flow systems. If
flow drops below the minimum allowable, large reductions in
heat transfer can occur. Unit set point “Variable Evap Flow”
must be set to “Yes”, if the chill water flow is variable. If the flow
exceeds the maximum rate, excessive pressure drop and tube
erosion can occur.
Evaporator Freeze Protection
Pathfinder® chillers are equipped with thermostatically
controlled evaporator heaters that help protect against freezeup down to -20°F (-28°C). The immersion heater itself may not
be able to properly protect the evaporator from freezing without
circulation of water, and it is important that the chilled water
pumps are wired to, and controlled by, the chiller’s controller.
Additionally, use at least one of the following procedures during
periods of sub-freezing temperatures:
1. Add a concentration of a glycol anti-freeze with a freeze
point 10°F below the lowest expected temperature. This
will result in decreased capacity and increased pressure
drop. Do not use automotive grade antifreezes as they
contain inhibitors harmful to chilled water systems. Use
only glycols specifically designated for use in building
cooling systems.
2. Drain the water from outdoor equipment and piping
and blow the chiller tubes dry from the chiller. Do not
energize the chiller heater when water is drained from
the vessel.
NOTE: The heaters come from the factory connected to
the control power circuit. The control power can be
rewired in the field to a separate 115V supply (do
not wire directly to the heater). See the field wiring
diagram on page 60. If this is done, it should power
the entire control circuit. Mark the disconnect switch
clearly to avoid accidental deactivation of the heater
during freezing temperatures. Exposed chilled water
www.DaikinApplied.com11
piping also requires protection. If the evaporator is
drained for winter freeze protection, the heaters must
be de-energized to prevent heater burnout.
Table 3: Freeze Protection
% Volume Glycol Concentration Required
Temp.
For Freeze Protection
°F (°C)
Ethylene
Glycol
Propylene
Glycol
Ethylene
Glycol
Propylene
Glycol
20 (6.7)
16
18
11
12
10 (-12.2)
25
29
17
20
0 (-17.8)
33
36
22
24
-10 (-23.3)
39
42
26
28
-20 (-28.9)
44
46
30
30
-30 (-34.4)
48
50
30
33
-40 (-40.0)
52
54
30
35
-50 (-45.6)
56
57
30
35
60
60
30
35
-60 (-51.1)
Notes:
For Burst Protection
“Freeze protection” maintains the solution in a
pumpable, usable liquid state. “Burst protection”
prevents pipes from rupturing, but solution may be in
a gel state and not pumpable. In most applications,
“burst” protection is sufficient; concentrations over
30% Ethylene Glycol or 35% Propylene Glycol will
result in efficiency and capacity losses with negligible
protection increases and are not recommended.
These values are examples only and cannot be
appropriate to every situation. Generally, for an
extended margin of protection, select a temperature
at least 15°F lower than the expected lowest ambient
temperature. Inhibitor levels should be adjusted for
solutions less than 25% glycol.
Glycol of less than 25% concentration is not
recommended, unless inhibitors are adjusted,
because of the potential for bacterial growth and loss
of efficiency.
Flow Switch
A flow switch must be included in the chilled water system to
prove that there is adequate water flow before the unit can
start. It also serves to shut down the unit in the event that
water flow is interrupted in order to guard against evaporator
freeze-up.
A factory-mounted, solid state, thermal dispersion flow switch
is available as an option.
A field-installed and wired version for remote evaporators is
also available as a kit (Accessory part number 332688401).
A paddle-type flow switch for field mounting and wiring is also
available as a kit (Accessory part number 017503300). It is
adaptable to pipe sizes from 1” (25mm) to 8” (203mm).
Installation should be per manufacturer’s instructions included
with the switch. There is also a set of normally closed contacts
on the switch that can be used for an indicator light or an alarm
to indicate when a “no flow” condition exists. Flow switches
should be calibrated to shut off the unit when operatred below
the minimum listed flow rate for the unit listed in the Pressure
Drop section beginning on page 82. The minimum required
pipe diameter before and after the switch is 1 1/4” (32 mm).
Figure 16: Flow Switch Diagram
CAUTION
Do not use automotive grade antifreeze. Industrial grade
glycols must be used. Automotive antifreeze contains
inhibitors that will cause plating on the copper tubes within the
chiller evaporator. The type and handling of glycol used must
be consistent with local codes.
Performance Adjustment Factors
AWS chillers are designed to operate with leaving anti-freeze
solution temperatures per software range limits. Consult the
local Daikin Applied sales office for performance outside
these temperatures. Leaving chilled fluid temperatures below
40°F (4.4°C) result in evaporating temperatures at or below
the freezing point of water and a glycol solution is required.
MicroTech® III control inhibits compressor unloading at leaving
fluid temperatures below 30°F (-1°C).
Refrigerant Charge
All packaged units are designed for use with R-134a and are
shipped with a full operating charge. The operating charge for
each unit is shown in the Physical Data Tables in the current
catalog, available at www.DaikinApplied.com.
Glycol Solutions
When using glycol anti-freeze solutions, the chiller’s capacity,
glycol solution flow rate, and pressure drop through the
evaporator can be calculated using the following:
Note: The procedure below does not specify the type of
glycol. Use the derate factors found in Table 4 or Table 5 for
corrections when using glycol.
1. Capacity - Cooling capacity is reduced from that with
plain water. To find the reduced value, multiply the
chiller’s water system tonnage by the capacity correction
factor to find the chiller’s capacity when using glycol.
2. Flow - To determine flow (or Delta-T) knowing Delta-T (or
flow) and capacity:
GPM = (24) (tons) (flow factor)
Delta T
3. Pressure drop - To determine pressure drop through the
evaporator when using glycol, enter the water pressure
drop curve at the water flow rate. Multiply the water
pressure drop found there by the “PD” factor to obtain
corrected glycol pressure drop.
Low fluid temperatures or high equipment room humidity
may require optional double evaporator insulation. The
system designer should determine its necessity. The use of
glycol will reduce the performance of the unit depending on
its concentration. Take this into consideration during initial
system design. On glycol applications, the supplier typically
recommends that a minimum of 25% solution by weight be
used for protection against corrosion, or additional inhibitors
will be required.
Table 4: Ethylene Glycol Correction Factors
%
E.G
Freeze Point
Capacity
Power
Flow
PD
-3.3
0.996
0.998
1.036
1.097
-7.8
0.988
0.994
1.061
1.219
7
-13.9
0.979
0.991
1.092
1.352
-7
-21.7
0.969
0.986
1.132
1.532
-33.3
0.958
0.981
1.182
1.748
oF
oC
10
26
20
18
30
40
50
-28
Table 5: Propylene Glycol Correction Factors
%
P.G
Freeze Point
oF
oC
10
26
20
30
Capacity
Power
Flow
PD
-3.3
0.991
0.996
1.016
1.092
19
-7.2
0.981
0.991
1.032
1.195
9
-12.8
0.966
0.985
1.056
1.345
40
-5
-20.6
0.947
0.977
1.092
1.544
50
-27
-32.8
0.932
0.969
1.14
1.906
4. Power - To determine glycol system kW, multiply the
water system kW by the factor designated “Power”.
Test coolant with a clean, accurate glycol solution hydrometer
(similar to that found in service stations) or refractometer
to determine the freezing point. Obtain percent glycol from
the freezing point table below. On glycol applications, the
supplier normally recommends that a minimum of 25% solution
by weight be used for protection against corrosion or that
additional inhibitors should be employed.
Electrical Connections
All wiring must be done in accordance with applicable local
and national codes. Pathfinder® units can be ordered with
either standard multi-point power or optional single point power
connections and with various disconnect and circuit breaker
options. Wiring within the unit is sized in accordance with the
U.S.A. National Electrical Code. Field-supplied disconnect
switches are required if not factory-supplied with the unit.
Table 6: Electric Power Connection Option
Multi-Point
Power Connection
Single-Point
Power Connection
Standard:
Optional:
Disconnect switch per circuit,
no compressor isolation
circuit breakers
one power block, compressor
isolation circuit breakers
Optional:
Optional:
High short circuit current
rated panel with disconnect
switch and no isolation circuit
breakers
one disconnect switch
replacing the power block,
compressor isolation circuit
breakers
Optional:
High short circuit current
rated panel with disconnect
switch and compressor
isolation circuit breakers
NOTE: Disconnect switches are molded case construction
with lockable through-the-door handles. They can
be used to remove the unit/circuit from the power
system.
The individual compressor isolation circuit breakers
for each circuit isolate the compressor and do not
have through-the-door handles. They are operable
only after the panel doors are opened.
The high short circuit rated panel means that a short
circuit current up to the ratings shown below will be
contained in the panel. There is a short period of
time when the circuit breaker will short circuit before
opening a circuit that can damage downstream
components. In other words, the enclosure is stronger
than a standard enclosure. It has a high interrupt
rated disconnect switch.
Disconnecting means are addressed by Article 440 of the
U.S.A. National Electrical Code (NEC), which requires
“disconnecting means capable of disconnecting air conditioning
and refrigerating equipment including motor-compressors,
and controllers from the circuit feeder.” Select and locate
the disconnect switch per the NEC guidelines. Maximum
recommended fuse sizes are given in the electrical data tables
of this catalog for help in sizing the disconnect.
Terminals are provided in a unit control panel for optional
field hookup of the control circuit to a separate fused 115-volt
power supply in lieu of the standard factory installed control
transformer.
RapidRestore® Options
This option does not require field installation. Exception: Field
supplied inputs are required in the case of a backup unit being
started after the power interruption rather than restarting the
primary unit. A field supplied control (normally a BAS) must
turn off the Backup Chiller connection on the primary chiller
and turn on the connection on the backup chiller at the time of
switching. See the unit Field Wiring Diagram on page 60 for
the Backup Unit connection point (terminals #61 and #62).
Economizer Components
The chiller may or may not have economizers depending on
design capacity requirements. An economizer is a well-proven
device to increase a refrigerant circuit’s capacity and efficiency.
Warm liquid from the condenser is fed into the economizer
where it is cooled by flashing off liquid also from the condenser.
The flash gas is piped to a compressor interstage point.
Lowering the liquid refrigerant temperature to the evaporator
decreases its enthalpy (heat content) and results in a greater
amount of heat absorption from the chilled water.
Figure 17: Economizer Components
The factory-mounted control power transformer is
protected by fuses. Condenser fans are protected
and isolated by circuit breakers.
Table 7: Interrupt Ratings (kAmps)
Voltage
Standard Short Circuit
Rated Panel
High Short Circuit
Rated Panel
208-230V / 60Hz
10kA
100kA
380V / 60Hz
10kA
65kA
460V / 60Hz
10kA
65kA
575V / 60Hz
5kA
25kA
400V / 50Hz
10kA
65kA
SCHRADER
VALVE
LIQUID
TUBING
FILTER
DRYER
SCHRADER
VALVE
AIR
FLOW
CHARGING
VALVE
SCHRADER
VALVE
ECONOMIZER
SCHRADER
SIGHT
VALVE
GLASS
CHARGING
VALVE
BALL
VALVE
CONDENSER
ASSEMBLY
BALL
VALVE
TUBING
SOLENOID
VALVE
(OPTIONAL)
TGE
EXPANSION
VALVE
SCHRADER
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
EXPANSION CHARGING
VALVE
VALVE
CHECK
VALVE
SUCTION
TUBING
F3/F4
COMPRESSOR
BUTTERFLY
OIL PRESS.
VALVE
TRANSDUCER
(OPTIONAL)
WITH SCHRADER
VALVE
SUCTION
TRANSDUCER
RELIEF
VALVE
SUCTION
TEMP. SENSOR
Note: Provide 20-mesh strainer
at evaporator inlet
CHECK
VALVE
WATER IN
(WIE)
TEMP. SENSOR
SOLENOID
VALVE
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
DX EVAPORATOR
(WOE)
TEMP. SENSOR
WATER OUT
STRAINER
DISCHARGE
TEMP. SENSOR
RELIEF
VALVE
DISCHARGE
TRANSDUCER
SCHRADER LIQUID
VALVE
INJECTION
OUTSIDE AIR
TEMPERATURE
(WAA)
DISCHARGE
TUBING
SCHRADER
VALVE
(HEADER)
ECONOMIZER FLASH GAS TO COMPRESSOR INTERSTAGE
AIR
FLOW
AWS PACKAGE CHILLER
WITH ECONOMIZER
331994701 REV. 0D
Figure 18: Piping Schematic with Economizer Circuit, One Circuit Shown
LIQUID
TUBING
SCHRADER
VALVE
FILTER
DRYER
SIGHT SCHRADER
GLASS
VALVE
AIR
FLOW
SCHRADER
VALVE
CHARGING
VALVE
CHARGING
VALVE
BALL
VALVE
SOLENOID
VALVE
(OPTIONAL)
CONDENSER
ASSEMBLY
EXPANSION
VALVE
LIQUID
INJECTION
TUBING
AIR
FLOW
CHARGING
VALVE
DISCHARGE
TEMP. SENSOR
RELIEF
VALVE
DISCHARGE
TRANSDUCER
SHUT-OFF
VALVE
WATER IN
(WIE)
TEMP. SENSOR
DX EVAPORATOR
OIL PRESS.
TRANSDUCER
WITH SCHRADER
VALVE
SUCTION
TRANSDUCER
BUTTERFLY
VALVE
(OPTIONAL)
RELIEF
VALVE
SUCTION
TEMP. SENSOR
Note: Provide 20-mesh strainer
at evaporator inlet
SOLENOID
VALVE
F3/F4
COMPRESSOR
SCHRADER
STRAINER
VALVE
(WOE)
TEMP. SENSOR
WATER OUT
BALL
VALVE
OUTSIDE AIR
TEMPERATURE
(WAA)
DISCHARGE
TUBING
SCHRADER
VALVE
(HEADER)
AWS PACKAGE CHILLER
331994701 REV. 0D
SUCTION
TUBING
Figure 19: Piping Schematic without Economizer Circuit, One Circuit Shown
Lifting and Mounting Information
Figure 20: 10 Fan Non-VFD Models
5820
229.1
4910
193.3
4791
188.6
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
17.0
L3
M3
M1
L1
CONTROL BOX
M5
2225
87.6
100
3.9
M6
190
7.5
L4
M4
M2
LIFTING WEIGHT FOR EACH POINT LB
AWS DIMENSIONAL DATA - WEIGHTS IN KG.
SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER # OF
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
5686
5796
AWS164CDS
810
10
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE
5819
5929
AWS190CDS
208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
5686
5796
LIFTING WEIGHT FOR EACH POINT KG
UNIT SIZE
AWS 10 FAN DIM. DWG
330973501 0A
AWS DIMENSIONAL DATA - WEIGHTS IN LBS.
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
12535
12778
AWS164CDS
1786
10
380-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 12829
13072
AWS190CDS
12535
12778
UNIT SIZE
L2
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
MOUNTING LOADS FOR EACH POINT LB
L1
L2
L3
L4
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
3843
4015
3843
3825
3997
3825
2439
2414
2439
2428
2403
2428
2670
2805
2670
2658
2792
2658
2255
2324
2255
2245
2313
2245
1478
1422
1478
1472
1415
1472
MOUNTING LOADS FOR EACH POINT KG
L1
L2
L3
L4
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
1743
1821
1743
1735
1813
1735
1106
1095
1106
1101
1090
1101
1211
1272
1211
1206
1266
1206
1023
1054
1023
1018
1049
1018
670
645
670
668
642
668
AWS 12 FAN DIM. DWG
5820
229.1
330973502 0A
4910
193.3
4791
188.6
2100
82.7
600
23.6
431
17.0
L3
M3
M1
L1
CONTROL BOX
M5
2225
87.6
100
3.9
M6
190
7.5
UNIT SIZE
AWS174CDH
AWS184CDS
AWS204CDS
AWS210CDH
AWS210CDS
AWS225CDS
UNIT SIZE
AWS174CDH
AWS184CDS
AWS204CDS
AWS210CDH
AWS210CDS
AWS225CDS
L4
M4
M2
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
13174
13357
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
13290
13503
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
13789
14032
13470
13653
13174
13357
1786
12
13575
13788
13290
13503
14092
14335
13789
14032
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
5976
6059
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
6028
6125
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
6255
6365
6110
6193
5976
6059
6158
6254
810
12
VOLTAGE
VOLTAGE
L2
L1
L2
L3
L4
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
3823
4154
4283
3999
3823
3805
3968
4264
3981
3805
2779
2643
2627
2751
2779
2767
2525
2615
2739
2767
2598
2876
2982
2737
2598
2586
2747
2969
2724
2586
2314
2431
2488
2383
2314
2303
2323
2477
2373
2303
1782
1599
1562
1722
1782
1773
1527
1555
1714
1773
4320
4126
2623
2506
3005
2871
2498
2387
1548
1479
4154
3968
2643
2525
2876
2747
2431
2323
1599
1527
4459
4439
2603
2591
3121
3106
2558
2547
1505
1498
4283
4264
2627
2615
2982
2969
2488
2477
1562
1555
L1
L2
L3
L4
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
1734
1884
1943
1814
1734
1726
1800
1934
1806
1726
1261
1199
1192
1248
1261
1255
1145
1186
1242
1255
1179
1304
1353
1241
1179
1173
1246
1347
1236
1173
1050
1103
1129
1081
1050
1045
1054
1123
1076
1045
808
725
708
781
808
804
693
705
778
804
1960
1872
1190
1137
1363
1302
1133
1083
702
671
6125
1884
1800
1199
1145
1304
1246
1103
1054
725
693
6392
6502
2023
2014
1181
1175
1416
1409
1160
1155
683
680
6255
6365
1943
1934
1192
1186
1353
1347
1129
1123
708
705
6028
190
7.5
2225
87.6
66
2.6
100
3.9
M8
M7
6720
264.6
M6
M5
L4
L3
4910
193.3
330973503 0A
AWS 14 FAN DIM. DWG
4791
188.6
M4
M3
2100
82.7
L1
M2 L2
M1
600
23.6
431
17.0
CONTROL BOX
6310
248.4
330973503 0A
L2
3770
4122
4092
3928
3770
4294
4122
4258
4092
L1
3983
4141
4092
4168
3983
4313
4141
4277
4092
3619
3601
3233
3212
3589
3576
3589
3233
3619
L3
3619
3585
3218
3197
3398
3370
3398
3218
3619
L4
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE
L1
L2
L3
L4
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
WYE DELTA
6686
6742
1807
1710
1628
1541
AWS204CDH
400V 50HZ
WYE DELTA
6674
6753
1878
1870
1467
1460
AWS224-234CDS
400V 50HZ
WYE DELTA
6995
7041
1856
1856
1641
1641
AWS224CDH
380-575V 60HZ SOLID STATE
6823
6879
1891
1782
1622
1529
208-230V 60HZ WYE DELTA
AWS230CDH
1807
1710
1628
1541
6686
6742
945
14
6811
6889
1956
1948
1457
1450
AWS250-260CDS 208-230V 60HZ WYE DELTA
1878
1870
1467
1460
6674
6753
7131
7178
1940
1931
1634
1626
AWS250CDH
1856
1856
1641
1641
6995
7041
VOLTAGE
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
WYE DELTA
14740
14863
AWS204CDH
400V 50HZ
WYE DELTA
14714
14887
AWS224-234CDS
400V 50HZ
WYE DELTA
15420
15523
AWS224CDH
15042
15165
AWS230CDH
14740
14863
2084
14
15015
15188
AWS250-260CDS 208-230V 60HZ WYE DELTA
14714
14887
15722
15825
AWS250CDH
15420
15523
UNIT SIZE
AWS 14 FAN DIM. DWG
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
852
811
679
638
860
821
626
573
574
631
631
1447 1440 1143 1138
1394 1387 1108 1103
1440 1433 1158 1153
1383 1383 1121 1121
625
1407 1326 1135 1070
1350 1278 1098 1039
625
574
631
1350 1278 1098 1039
1394 1387 1108 1103
1383 1383 1121 1121
M3
M5
M2
631
628
571
571
592
590
592
571
631
M6
386
368
308
290
390
372
390
308
386
M7
M4
M1
3048 3048 2471 2471 1390 1390
3175 3160 2554 2542 1391 1385
3073 3059 2444 2433 1266 1260
3190 3175 2519 2508 1264 1258
2976 2818 2420 2291 1379 1305
3103 2924 2503 2359 1380 1301
860
679
852
M7
2976 2818 2420 2291 1379 1305
3073 3059 2444 2433 1266 1260
3048 3048 2471 2471 1390 1390
M1
M8
386
366
306
288
369
351
369
306
386
M8
852
808
676
635
814
774
814
676
852
Figure 23: 14 Fan Non-VFD Models (continued)
2225
87.6
66
2.6
M8
100
3.9
M7
7620
300.0
L8
L7
190
7.5
7210
283.9
6791
267.4
M6
M5
L6
L5
4910
193.3
330973504
4791
188.6
0A
L3
L4
M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
M2
M1
L2
L1
600
23.6
431
17.0
CONTROL BOX
AWS 16 FAN DIM. DWG
VOLTAGE
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE HZ.
STARTER
L1
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
7283
7670
1201
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS194CDP
7420
7806
1255
AWS240CDP
7283
7670
1201
7617
7784
1382
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS244-264CDH
7594
7796
1494
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS264CDS
7754
7920
1432
1076
16
AWS280-300CDH 208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
7617
7784
1382
7907
8105
1554
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS284CDS
7731
7934
1549
AWS290CDS
7594
7796
1494
8039
8238
1609
AWS310CDS
1554
7907
8105
L1
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
16057
16909
2648
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS194CDP
16358
17210
2766
AWS240CDP
16057
16909
2648
16793
17160
3048
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS244-264CDH
16741
17188
3294
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS264CDS
17094
17461
3158
2372
16
AWS280-300CDH 208-575V - 60HZ WYE DELTA
16793
17160
3048
17432
17869
3426
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS284CDS
17044
17491
3414
AWS290CDS
16741
17188
3294
17724
18161
3547
AWS310CDS
3426
17432
17869
UNIT SIZE
330973504 0A
2256
2325
2256
2467
2578
2529
2467
2658
2648
2578
2730
2658
2636
2754
2636
3034
3176
3158
3034
3426
3292
3176
3531
3426
2455
2658
2553
2486
2718
2658
2529
2246
2314
2246
2455
2486
L4
1749
1709
1701
1693
1721
1709
1752
1772
1779
1772
1749
1693
L5
1741
1709
1640
1632
1713
1709
1752
1764
1771
1764
1741
1632
L6
1153
922
915
958
883
922
1108
1370
1327
1370
1153
958
L7
L3
1023
1055
1023
1119
1169
1147
1119
1206
1201
1169
1239
1206
L2
1196
1249
1196
1376
1441
1432
1376
1554
1493
1441
1602
1554
1114
1206
1158
1127
1233
1206
1147
1019
1050
1019
1114
1127
L4
793
775
771
768
781
775
795
804
807
804
793
768
L5
790
775
744
740
777
775
795
800
803
800
790
740
L6
523
418
415
435
401
418
502
621
602
621
523
435
L7
L3
L2
AWS 16 FAN DIM. DWG
520
418
400
419
399
418
502
619
599
619
520
419
L8
1147
922
882
924
879
922
1108
1364
1321
1364
1147
924
L8
1407
1572
1568
1517
1624
1572
1454
1276
1327
1276
1407
1517
M1
3103
3465
3457
3344
3580
3465
3206
2813
2926
2813
3103
3344
M1
M3
2642
2870
2862
2785
2950
2870
2711
2477
2554
2477
2642
2785
M4
2630
2870
2760
2685
2936
2870
2711
2466
2542
2466
2630
2685
M5
1780
1756
1749
1739
1769
1756
1786
1849
1857
1849
1780
1739
M6
1772
1756
1686
1677
1761
1756
1786
1841
1849
1841
1772
1677
M7
1074
843
837
883
803
843
1028
1335
1287
1335
1074
883
1401
1572
1512
1462
1616
1572
1454
1270
1321
1270
1401
1462
M2
1199
1302
1298
1263
1338
1302
1230
1124
1158
1124
1199
1263
M3
1193
1302
1252
1218
1332
1302
1230
1119
1153
1119
1193
1218
M4
807
796
793
789
802
796
810
839
843
839
807
789
M5
804
796
765
761
799
796
810
835
839
835
804
761
M6
487
383
380
401
364
383
466
605
584
605
487
401
M7
3089
3465
3333
3224
3563
3465
3206
2800
2912
2800
3089
3224
M2
M8
485
383
366
386
362
383
466
603
581
603
485
386
M8
1069
843
807
851
799
843
1028
1329
1282
1329
1069
851
2225
87.6
66
2.6
100
3.9
M8
M7
8520
335.5
L8
L7
8110
319.3
190
7.5
7484
294.6
AWS 18 FAN DIM. DWG
L5
M6 L6
M5
4910
193.3
330973505 0A
4791
188.6
L3
L4
M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
L1
M2 L2
M1
431
17.0
600
23.6
CONTROL BOX
UNIT SIZE
AWS290CDP
AWS265CDP
AWS214CDP
AWS244CDP
UNIT SIZE
AWS290CDP
AWS265CDP
AWS214CDP
AWS244CDP
330973505
0A
SHIPPING
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
7950
8314
1282 1241 1123 1088 927 898 707 685
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
8726
9262
1363 1363 1204 1204 1008 1008 788 788
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
8087
8451
1336 1288 1157 1115 936 902 689 664
1215
18
7950
8314
1282 1241 1123 1088 927 898 707 685
8863
9399
1413 1413 1235 1235 1015 1015 769 769
8726
9262
1363 1363 1204 1204 1008 1008 788 788
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
VOLTAGE HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
17527
18329
2826 2737 2476 2398 2043 1979 1559 1510
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
19237
20420
3006 3006 2655 2655 2221 2221 1736 1736
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
17829
18631
2944 2839 2550 2459 2063 1989 1519 1465
2679
18
17527
18329
2826 2737 2476 2398 2043 1979 1559 1510
19539
20722
3115 3115 2723 2723 2237 2237 1694 1694
19237
20420
3006 3006 2655 2655 2221 2221 1736 1736
AWS 18 FAN DIM. DWG
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
647
736
757
668
1477 1477 1333 1333 1064 1064 757
935
1365 1322 1226 1187 965
1525 1525 1367 1367 1072 1072 736
625
649
M6
941
M5
1416 1365 1263 1217 976
M4
M8
M3
647
757
M2
M7
M1
1365 1322 1226 1187 965 935 668
1477 1477 1333 1333 1064 1064 757
3257 3257 2940 2940 2345 2345 1668 1668
3361 3361 3014 3014 2363 2363 1622 1622
3009 2914 2702 2617 2127 2060 1473 1427
3121 3009 2784 2684 2151 2074 1430 1379
3009 2914 2702 2617 2127 2060 1473 1427
3257 3257 2940 2940 2345 2345 1668 1668
M1
2225
87.6
M8
100
3.9
M7
L8
9421
370.9
L7
9010
354.7
190
7.5
66
2.6
8384
330.1
L6
L5
5961
234.7
M6
M5
4910
193.3
330973506 0A
L3
L4
M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
M2
M1
L2
L1
600
23.6
431
17.0
CONTROL BOX
AWS 20 FAN DIM. DWG
AWS350CDH
AWS350-375CDS
AWS330CDH
AWS314CDH
AWS314-334CDS
AWS310-330CDP
AWS264-284CDP
AWS294CDH
UNIT SIZE
AWS350CDH
AWS350-375CDS
AWS330CDH
AWS314CDH
AWS314-334CDS
AWS310-330CDP
AWS264-284CDP
AWS294CDH
UNIT SIZE
330973506 0A
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
VOLTAGE HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
9128
9642
1487 1487 1312 1312 991 991 774 774
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
8682
8827
1571 1514 1335 1287 903 871 611 589
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
9265
9779
1535 1535 1345 1345 995 995 758 758
9128
9642
1487 1487 1312 1312 991 991 774 774
9002
9137
1630 1630 1375 1375 907 907 590 590
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
8693
8846
1346
20 1614 1614 1347 1347 858 858 527 527
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
8819
8965
1621 1563 1369 1320 906 874 594 572
8682
8827
1571 1514 1335 1287 903 871 611 589
8830
8983
1663 1663 1380 1380 861 861 510 510
8693
8846
1614 1614 1347 1347 858 858 527 527
9139
9273
1678 1678 1407 1407 910 910 574 574
9002
9137
1630 1630 1375 1375 907 907 590 590
1884
1358
1209
1320
1363
1166
1209
1317
1358
1839
1884
1363
M8
LB
1462
1527
1514
1522
1477
1558
1514
1571
1527
1462
1527
1514
1467
1424
1558
1514
1571
1527
1354
1365
1342
1361
1328
1374
1342
1397
1365
1354
1365
1342
1312
1280
1374
1342
1397
1365
1151
1060
1019
1060
1049
1030
1019
1072
1060
1151
1060
1019
1022
1011
1030
1019
1072
1060
M6
855
616
549
621
641
529
549
597
616
855
616
549
599
618
529
549
597
616
834
M5
1506 1506 1387 1387 1162 1162 834
M4
M8
M3
855
618
M2
M7
M1
1462 1462 1354 1354 1151 1151 855
1477 1424 1328 1280 1049 1011 641
MOUNTING LOADS FOR EACH POINT
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
20124
21257
3278 3278 2893 2893 2185 2185 1706 1706 3223 3223 2984 2984 2537 2537 1884
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
19139
19461
3463 3338 2944 2838 1991 1920 1347 1298 3256 3139 2927 2822 2312 2229 1414
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
20426
21559
3385 3385 2965 2965 2193 2193 1671 1671 3321 3321 3057 3057 2562 2562 1839
20124
21257
3278 3278 2893 2893 2185 2185 1706 1706 3223 3223 2984 2984 2537 2537 1884
19846
20143
3592 3592 3031 3031 1999 1999 1301 1301 3367 3367 3009 3009 2338 2338 1358
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
19164
19501
2968
20 3558 3558 2970 2970 1892 1892 1162 1162 3337 3337 2958 2958 2247 2247 1209
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
19442
19764
3573 3445 3018 2910 1998 1927 1308 1262 3355 3235 3001 2893 2337 2253 1369
19139
19461
3463 3338 2944 2838 1991 1920 1347 1298 3256 3139 2927 2822 2312 2229 1414
19466
19803
3666 3666 3043 3043 1899 1899 1124 1124 3434 3434 3030 3030 2272 2272 1166
19164
19501
3558 3558 2970 2970 1892 1892 1162 1162 3337 3337 2958 2958 2247 2247 1209
20147
20444
3699 3699 3102 3102 2007 2007 1266 1266 3462 3462 3080 3080 2363 2363 1317
19846
20143
3592 3592 3031 3031 1999 1999 1301 1301 3367 3367 3009 3009 2338 2338 1358
VOLTAGE
AWS 20 FAN DIM. DWG
2225
87.6
100
3.9
66
2.6
190
7.5
10720
422.0
M8
M7
L8
L7
9110
358.7
8384
330.1
M6
M5
AWS 22 FAN DIM. DWG
L6
L5
6000
236.2
330973507 0A
5401
212.6
L3
L4 M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
L1
M2 L2
M1
600
23.6
431
17.0
CONTROL BOX
AWS390CDH
AWS365CDP
AWS314CDP
AWS344CDH
UNIT SIZE
AWS390CDH
AWS365CDP
AWS314CDP
AWS344CDH
UNIT SIZE
330973507 0A
L1
VOLTAGE HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
10099
10595
1434
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
9667
9781
1481
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 10236
10732
1484
1477
22
10099
10595
1434
9804
9917
1529
9667
9781
1481
L1
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
22264
23357
3162
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
21312
21563
3266
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 22566
23659
3271
3256
22
22264
23357
3162
460-575V - 60HZ SOLID STATE 21613
21864
3371
21312
21563
3266
VOLTAGE
AWS 22 FAN DIM. DWG
2987
2953
3058
2987
3023
2953
3063
3251
3168
3063
3356
3251
2893
2940
2962
2893
3009
2940
L4
2715
2469
2730
2715
2485
2469
L5
2629
2458
2644
2629
2473
2458
L6
2446
1991
2405
2446
1952
1991
L7
L3
1355
1340
1387
1355
1371
1340
L2
1389
1475
1437
1389
1522
1475
1312
1334
1344
1312
1365
1334
L4
1231
1120
1238
1231
1127
1120
L5
1193
1115
1199
1193
1122
1115
L6
1109
903
1091
1109
886
903
L7
L3
L2
1075
899
1056
1075
882
899
L8
2369
1982
2329
2369
1944
1982
L8
1623
1587
1670
1623
1632
1587
M1
3577
3498
3682
3577
3598
3498
M1
M3
3339
3188
3418
3339
3263
3188
M4
3234
3174
3311
3234
3249
3174
M5
2721
2382
2733
2721
2394
2382
M6
2635
2371
2647
2635
2384
2371
M7
2228
1738
2186
2228
1701
1738
1572
1580
1618
1572
1624
1580
M2
1515
1446
1550
1515
1480
1446
M3
1467
1439
1502
1467
1474
1439
M4
1234
1080
1240
1234
1086
1080
M5
1195
1075
1201
1195
1081
1075
M6
1010
789
992
1010
772
789
M7
3465
3482
3566
3465
3581
3482
M2
M8
979
785
960
979
768
785
M8
2157
1730
2117
2157
1694
1730
2225
87.6
190
7.5
66
2.6
100
3.9
11620
457.5
M10
M9
L8
L7
10499
413.4
9962
392.2
M8
M7
AWS 24 FAN DIM. DWG
8147
320.8
L6
L5
330973508 0A
M6
M5
5949
234.2
5401
212.6
L4
L3
M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
M2 L2
M1
L1
431
17.0
600
23.6
Figure 32: 24 Fan 2-Circuit Non-VFD Models
CONTROL BOX
AWS410CDH
AWS400CDP
AWS344CDP
AWS374CDP
AWS404CDP
AWS424-434CDP
AWS374CDH
UNIT SIZE
AWS410CDH
AWS400CDP
AWS344CDP
AWS374CDP
AWS404CDP
AWS424-434CDP
AWS374CDH
UNIT SIZE
25093
22354
25093
24801
22657
22354
24060
22149
24060
23768
22452
22149
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
380V - 60HZ
WYE DELTA
3553
24
11382
10140
11382
11250
10277
10140
10914
10047
10914
10781
10184
10047
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
400V - 50HZ
WYE DELTA
380V - 60HZ
WYE DELTA
AWS 24 FAN DIM. DWG
11250
10781
WYE DELTA
400V - 50HZ
24
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
M1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M2
M10
2905
2662
2905
2881
2892
2649
2892
2868
2325
2058
2325
2364
2315
2049
2315
2353
3833
3471
3833
3741
3815
3456
3815
3724
3426
3091
3426
3353
3410
3077
3410
3338
2382
2116
2382
2359
2371
2107
2371
2349
1786
1560
1786
1792
1778
1553
1778
1784
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
1597
1499
1597
1555
1492
1389
1492
1462
1485
1382
1485
1455
1318
1207
1318
1307
1312
1202
1312
1301
1055
933
1055
1072
1506 1499 1389 1382 1207 1202 933
1549 1542 1419 1413 1219 1213 916
1605
1506
1605
1562
1739
1574
1739
1697
1730
1568
1730
1689
1554
1402
1554
1521
1547
1396
1547
1514
1080
960
1080
1070
929 1574 1568 1402 1396 960
912 1617 1609 1436 1429 971
1050
929
1050
1067
956
967
1075
956
1075
1065
708
706
810
708
810
813
704
703
806
704
806
809
809
M8
437
421
521
437
521
537
537
M9
1562 1555 1462 1455 1307 1301 1072 1067 1697 1689 1521 1514 1070 1065 813
L1
3319 3304 3061 3047 2662 2649 2058 2049 3471 3456 3091 3077 2116 2107 1560 1553 963
435
420
518
435
518
535
535
M10
959
925
3274
3047
3274
3208
3415 3399 3129 3115 2687 2675 2020 2011 3564 3548 3165 3150 2141 2131 1556 1549 929
3289
3061
3289
3223
1143
959
1143
1179
3521
3304
3521
3428
1148
963
1148
1184
3537
3319
3537
3444
3444 3428 3223 3208 2881 2868 2364 2353 3741 3724 3353 3338 2359 2349 1792 1784 1184 1179
L2
L1
330973508 0A
1612
VOLTAGE HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
24801
23768
WYE DELTA
400V - 50HZ
HZ.
STARTER
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
VOLTAGE
Figure 33: 24 Fan 2-Circuit Non-VFD Models (continued)
2225
87.6
100
3.9
L8
L7
M8
M7
9615
378.6
8998
354.3
L6
L5
AWS374CTS
AWS394CTS
AWS400CTS
AWS425CTS
UNIT SIZE
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
10637
11004
400V 50HZ
10941
11309
1477
22
380-575V 60HZ
10637
11004
380-575V 60HZ
10941
11309
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
23451
24260
AWS374CTS
400V 50HZ
24122
24931
AWS394CTS
3256
22
23451
24260
AWS400CTS 380-575V 60HZ
24122
24931
AWS425CTS 380-575V 60HZ
190
7.5
66
2.6
10718
422.0
6000
236.2
330973509 0A
3811
3855
3811
3855
3759
3890
3759
3890
3373
3498
3373
3498
L3
3420
3466
3420
3466
L4
2571
2683
2571
2683
L5
2606
2659
2606
2659
L6
1942
2044
1942
2044
L7
1969
2026
1969
2026
L8
L2
1729
1748
1729
1748
L1
1705
1765
1705
1765
1530
1587
1530
1587
L3
1551
1572
1551
1572
L4
1166
1217
1166
1217
L5
1182
1206
1182
1206
L6
881
927
881
927
L7
893
919
893
919
L8
L2
L1
M6
M5
6438
253.4
AWS 3C-22 FAN DIM. DWG
M4
M3
2100
82.7
M2
M1
L2
L1
600
23.6
3668
3705
3668
3705
M2
3380
3500
3380
3500
M3
3427
3468
3427
3468
M4
2762
2880
2762
2880
M5
2800
2854
2800
2854
M6
2286
2403
2286
2403
M7
1641
1696
1641
1696
M1
1664
1681
1664
1681
M2
1533
1588
1533
1588
M3
1554
1573
1554
1573
M4
1253
1306
1253
1306
M5
1270
1295
1270
1295
M6
1037
1090
1037
1090
M7
CONTROL BOX
2318
2382
2318
2382
M8
1051
1080
1051
1080
M8
3618
3738
3618
3738
M1
L4
L3
2381
93.7
431
17.0
2225
87.6
M10
M9
L8
L7
9962
392.2
M8
M7
8096
318.8
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
11525
11819
AWS404CTH
400V 50HZ
11639
11983
AWS414CTS
400V 50HZ
11968
12312
AWS434CTS
1612
24
11639
11983
AWS450CTS 380-575V 60HZ
11525
11819
AWS450CTH 380-575V 60HZ
11968
12312
AWS470CTS 380-575V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
25408
26057
AWS404CTH
400V 50HZ
25659
26418
AWS414CTS
400V 50HZ
26384
27143
AWS434CTS
3553
24
25659
26418
AWS450CTS 380-575V 60HZ
25408
26057
AWS450CTH 380-575V 60HZ
26384
27143
AWS470CTS 380-575V 60HZ
190
7.5
100
3.9
66
2.6
10499
413.4
L6
M6
M5
6438
253.4
330973510 0A
3730
4083
3876
4083
3730
3876
3764
4046
3911
4046
3764
3911
3508
3666
3644
3666
3508
3644
L3
3476
3699
3611
3699
3476
3611
L4
2976
2874
3089
2874
2976
3089
L5
2949
2900
3061
2900
2949
3061
L6
2514
2186
2607
2186
2514
2607
L7
2491
2206
2583
2206
2491
2583
L8
L2
1692
1852
1758
1852
1692
1758
L1
1707
1835
1774
1835
1707
1774
1591
1663
1653
1663
1591
1653
L3
1577
1678
1638
1678
1577
1638
L4
1350
1303
1401
1303
1350
1401
L5
1338
1315
1389
1315
1338
1389
L6
1140
991
1183
991
1140
1183
L7
1130
1000
1172
1000
1130
1172
L8
L2
L1
L5
1706
1831
1779
1831
1706
1779
M1
3762
4036
3921
4036
3762
3921
M1
L3
L4
M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
M3
3408
3602
3552
3602
3408
3552
M4
3377
3635
3520
3635
3377
3520
M5
2490
2473
2594
2473
2490
2594
M6
2468
2496
2570
2496
2468
2570
M7
1997
1867
2079
1867
1997
2079
M8
1979
1884
2060
1884
1979
2060
M9
1431
1171
1488
1171
1431
1488
1691
1848
1762
1848
1691
1762
M2
1546
1634
1611
1634
1546
1611
M3
1532
1649
1597
1649
1532
1597
M4
1129
1122
1177
1122
1129
1177
M5
1119
1132
1166
1132
1119
1166
M6
906
847
943
847
906
943
M7
898
855
934
855
898
934
M8
649
531
675
531
649
675
M9
3727
4073
3885
4073
3727
3885
M2
643
536
669
536
643
669
M10
1418
1182
1474
1182
1418
1474
M10
L1
600
23.6
M2 L2
M1
6000
236.2
431
17.0
CONTROL BOX
11620
457.5
2225
87.6
L7
L8 M10
M9
10564
415.9
10501
413.4
M8
AWS434CTH
AWS464CTS
AWS475CTH
AWS500CTS
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
12219
12493
400V 50HZ
12339
12656
1755
26
380-575V 60HZ
12219
12493
380-575V 60HZ
12339
12656
L6
M6
M5
6438
253.4
3773
4101
3773
4101
3877
4139
3877
4139
3677
3827
3677
3827
L3
3578
3792
3578
3792
L4
3261
3179
3261
3179
L5
3173
3150
3173
3150
L6
2838
2519
2838
2519
L7
L2
1711
1860
1711
1860
L1
1759
1877
1759
1877
1668
1736
1668
1736
L3
1623
1720
1623
1720
L4
1479
1442
1479
1442
L5
1439
1429
1439
1429
L6
1287
1143
1287
1143
L7
L2
1252
1132
1252
1132
L8
2761
2497
2761
2497
L8
330973511
L5
8096
318.8
L1
M7
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
26938
27542
AWS434CTH
400V
50HZ
27203
27902
AWS464CTS
3870
26
26938
27542
AWS475CTH 380-575V 60HZ
27203
27902
AWS500CTS 380-575V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
190
7.5
100
3.9
12520
492.9
M1
1706
1828
1706
1828
M1
3760
4030
3760
4030
0A
1659
1812
1659
1812
M2
3658
3994
3658
3994
M2
L3
L4
M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
M3
M4
3367
3618
3367
3618
M5
2684
2666
2684
2666
M6
2612
2642
2612
2642
M7
2267
2137
2267
2137
M8
2206
2118
2206
2118
1570
1656
1570
1656
M3
1527
1641
1527
1641
M4
1217
1209
1217
1209
M5
1185
1198
1185
1198
M6
1028
969
1028
969
M7
1001
961
1001
961
M8
3461
3651
3461
3651
811
694
811
694
M9
1788
1529
1788
1529
M9
L1
600
23.6
M2 L2
M1
6000
236.2
M10
CONTROL BOX
789
688
789
688
M10
1740
1516
1740
1516
431
17.0
2225
87.6
M10
M9
12000
472.4
L8
L7
10761
423.6
M8
M7
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
12983
13236
AWS454CTH
400V 50HZ
12815
13109
AWS494CTS
1891
28
12983
13236
AWS500CTH 380-575V 60HZ
460-575V
60HZ
12815
13109
AWS525CTS
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
400V 50HZ
28622
29181
AWS454CTH
400V 50HZ
28252
28901
AWS494CTS
4168
28
28622
29181
AWS500CTH 380-575V 60HZ
28252
28901
AWS525CTS 460-575V 60HZ
190
7.5
100
3.9
66
2.6
13420
528.4
L5
L6
M6
M5
6436
253.4
3967
3996
3967
3996
4003
4032
4003
4032
3829
3826
3829
3826
L3
3794
3791
3794
3791
L4
3466
3395
3466
3395
L5
3434
3365
3434
3365
L6
3079
2937
3079
2937
L7
L2
1799
1812
1799
1812
L1
1816
1829
1816
1829
1737
1735
1737
1735
L3
1721
1720
1721
1720
L4
1572
1540
1572
1540
L5
1558
1526
1558
1526
L6
1397
1332
1397
1332
L7
L2
L1
9000
354.3
L8
0A
1384
1320
1384
1320
L8
3051
2910
3051
2910
330973512
1858
1871
1858
1871
M1
4096
4125
4096
4125
M1
M2
1841
1854
1841
1854
M2
4059
4088
4059
4088
6000
236.2
L4
M4
M3
2100
82.7
M2
M1
M4
3735
3748
3735
3748
M5
2918
2889
2918
2889
M6
2892
2863
2892
2863
M7
2264
2203
2264
2203
M8
2243
2183
2243
2183
1710
1716
1710
1716
M3
1694
1700
1694
1700
M4
1324
1310
1324
1310
M5
1312
1299
1312
1299
M6
1027
999
1027
999
M7
1017
990
1017
990
M8
3769
3782
3769
3782
M3
L3
2381
93.7
730
688
730
688
M9
1609
1517
1609
1517
M9
L2
L1
600
23.6
M10
M10
1595
1503
1595
1503
723
682
723
682
431
17.0
CONTROL BOX
2225
87.6
M10
100
3.9
M9
190
7.5
14320
563.8
66
2.6
13800
543.3
L8
L7
11746
462.5
M8
M7
PART DESCRIPTION
9694
381.7
L5
L6
M6
M5
330973513
6436
253.4
0A
6000
236.2
L3
L4
M4
M3
2381
93.7
2100
82.7
M2
M1
L2
L1
600
23.6
431
17.0
CONTROL BOX
29643
30608
29643
29064
30094
29064
4466
30
UNIT SIZE VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
AWS484CTH
AWS504CTH
AWS534CTH
400V 50HZ
13651
13884
AWS554CTH
AWS574CTH
AWS584CTH
AWS604CTH
2026
30
AWS514CTS
AWS524CTS
400V 50HZ
13183
13446
AWS544CTS
AWS554CTS
13651
13884
AWS530CTH 380-575V 60HZ
13183
13446
AWS550CTS 460-575V 60HZ
30608
30094
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
AWS484CTH
AWS504CTH
AWS534CTH
400V 50HZ
AWS554CTH
AWS574CTH
AWS584CTH
AWS604CTH
AWS514CTS
AWS524CTS
400V 50HZ
AWS544CTS
AWS554CTS
AWS530CTH 380-575V 60HZ
AWS550CTS 460-575V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
330973513
0A
4040
3905
3905
4040
L3
3931
3869
3869
3931
L4
3719
3544
3544
3719
L5
3619
3512
3512
3619
L6
3299
3072
3072
3299
L7
1833
1851
1833
1903
1850
1851
1903
1850
L2
1833
1771
1771
1833
L3
1783
1755
1755
1783
L4
1687
1607
1607
1687
L5
1641
1593
1593
1641
L6
1497
1393
1393
1497
L7
4081
4041
4041
4081
L2
L1
4194
4078
4078
4194
L1
1456
1381
1381
1456
L8
3210
3044
3044
3210
L8
1958
1902
1902
1958
M1
4317
4193
4193
4317
M1
1905
1885
1885
1905
M2
4200
4155
4155
4200
M2
3896
3845
3845
3896
M4
3194
3069
3069
3194
M5
3108
3041
3041
3108
M6
2426
2300
2300
2426
M7
2360
2279
2279
2360
M8
1817
1760
1760
1817
M3
1767
1744
1744
1767
M4
1449
1392
1392
1449
M5
1410
1379
1379
1410
M6
1100
1043
1043
1100
M7
1070
1034
1034
1070
M8
4005
3881
3881
4005
M3
713
656
656
713
M9
1572
1446
1446
1572
M9
694
650
650
694
M10
1530
1433
1433
1530
M10
AWS170CDS
UNIT SIZE
AWS170CDS
UNIT SIZE
330973530 0A
100
3.9
6118
240.9
HZ.
13117
13660
OPERATING
WEIGHT
HZ.
380-575V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
5950
SHIPPING
WEIGHT
6196
OPERATING
WEIGHT
380-575V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
SHIPPING
WEIGHT
810
COPPER
FIN ADD
1786
10
# OF
FANS
10
# OF
FANS
L5
L6
5089
200.3
COPPER
FIN ADD
M7
M8
5208
205.0
190
7.5
2225
87.6
AWS WITH VFD 10 FAN DIM. DWG
1276
L1
2814
L1
L3
2265
L3
2272
L4
1471
L5
1280
L2
1027
L3
1031
L4
667
L5
2821
L2
669
L6
1475
L6
2438
96.0
L4
M5
BOTTOM VIEW
3638
143.2
M6
1727
68.0
1006
M1
2217
M1
M3
M4
1008
M2
2223
M2
610
24.0
152
6.0
M1
M2
0
0
CONTROL BOX
1904
M4
1512
M5
1516
M6
861
M3
864
M4
686
M5
688
M6
1898
M3
L1
L2
542
M7
1194
M7
66
2.6
543
M8
1197
M8
19
.750 TYP.
Figure 40: 10 Fan VFD Models
M7
L5
L6
380-575V 60HZ
AWS210CDH
13587
14428
14401
14130
14971
14944
380-575V 60HZ
380-575V 60HZ
380-575V 60HZ
AWS200CDS
AWS210CDH
HZ.
AWS190CDS
VOLTAGE
1786
1786
1786
12
12
12
6409
6791
6544
6163
6779
6532
810
810
810
12
12
12
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
380-575V 60HZ
AWS200CDS
VOLTAGE
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
380-575V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
5208
205.0
M8
5089
200.3
190
7.5
100
3.9
6118
240.9
AWS190CDS
UNIT SIZE
2225
87.6
330973531 0A
2738
3146
3040
L2
2323
2501
2530
L3
2328
2501
2450
L4
1731
1567
1647
L5
1239
1427
1424
1242
1427
1379
L2
1054
1134
1148
L3
1056
1134
1111
L4
785
711
747
L5
L6
787
711
723
L6
1735
1567
1595
2732
3146
L1
BOTTOM VIEW
L3
L4
2438
96.0
M5
3139
L1
3638
143.2
M6
1727
68.0
968
1122
1118
M1
2135
2474
2464
M1
M3
M4
610
24.0
152
6.0
M1
M2
0
0
CONTROL BOX
1904
2099
2112
M3
1908
2099
2045
M4
1624
1644
1684
M5
1628
1644
1631
M6
1394
1270
1332
M7
971
1122
1083
M2
864
952
958
M3
865
952
928
M4
737
746
764
M5
738
746
740
M6
632
576
604
M7
2140
2474
2387
M2
L1
L2
634
576
585
M8
1397
1270
1290
M8
66
2.6
19
.750 TYP.
15410
380-575V 60HZ
AWS250CDH
15953
15403
M7
2084
2084
14
14
6740
6990
380-575V 60HZ
AWS250CDH
7236
6987
945
945
14
14
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
380-575V 60HZ
HZ.
AWS230CDH
VOLTAGE
14860
VOLTAGE
380-575V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
M9
M8
5208
205.0
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
AWS230CDH
UNIT SIZE
190
7.5
100
3.9
7018
276.3
M10
6608
260.2
2225
87.6
330973532 0A
5089
200.3
2758
2566
L2
2593
2560
L3
2593
2434
L4
2354
2358
L5
1251
1251
1164
L2
1176
1161
L3
1176
1104
L4
1068
1070
L5
L6
1068
1017
L6
2354
2243
1224
L1
2758
2698
L1
BOTTOM VIEW
M5
M6
3638
143.2
L5
L6
2438
96.0
1112
1093
M1
2452
2410
M1
L3
L4
L1
M1
M2
152
6.0
2045
2015
M3
2045
1916
M4
1551
1536
M5
1551
1461
M6
1145
1142
M7
1112
1040
M2
928
914
M3
928
869
M4
704
697
M5
704
663
M6
519
518
M7
2452
2292
M2
M3
610
24.0
L2
0
0
CONTROL BOX
519
493
M8
1145
1086
M8
1727
68.0
M4
355
359
M9
783
791
M9
66
2.6
355
342
M10
783
753
M10
19
.750 TYP.
190
7.5
100
3.9
M9
7508
295.6
7918
311.7
16845
16175
17712
17427
380-575V 60HZ
460V 60HZ
AWS280CDH
AWS300CDH
HZ.
AWS240CDP
VOLTAGE
16
16
7641
7337
8034
7905
1076
1076
16
16
FIN ADD FANS
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
2372
2372
FIN ADD FANS
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
460V 60HZ
HZ.
AWS280CDH
AWS300CDH
VOLTAGE
380-575V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
L7
L8
7089
279.1
AWS240CDP
UNIT SIZE
330973533 0A
2225
87.6
M10
1408
1240
L1
3103
2734
L1
5208
205.0
M5
2531
2325
L3
2537
2330
L4
1702
1733
L5
1706
1737
L6
1411
1243
1148
1055
L3
1151
1057
L4
772
786
L5
774
788
L6
L7
489
583
L7
1077
1286
3110
L2
BOTTOM VIEW
M6
3638
143.2
2740
L2
L6
5089
200.3
M7 L5
M8
490
585
L8
1080
1289
L8
1119
1005
M1
2468
2215
M1
L4
2438
96.0
L1
2153
2001
M3
2158
2006
M4
1771
1742
M5
1775
1746
M6
1457
1529
M7
1122
1007
M2
977
908
M3
979
910
M4
803
790
M5
805
792
M6
661
694
M7
663
695
M8
1461
1532
M8
M1
152
6.0
M2
M3
L2
610
24.0
2473
2220
M2
L3
1727
68.0
M4
0
0
452
552
M9
997
1217
M9
CONTROL BOX
454
553
M10
1000
1220
M10
66
2.6
19
.750 TYP.
AWS280CDH
AWS300CDH
UNIT SIZE
AWS280CDH
AWS300CDH
UNIT SIZE
M9
M10
L7
L8
190
7.5
7758
305.4
17739
18608
2372
16
380V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
8046
8441
1076
16
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
380V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
L1
L5
L6
1594
L1
3514
M7
M8
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
100
3.9
19
.750 TYP.
66
2.6
2225
87.6
330973533 0A
AWS W/ VFD 16 FAN DIM. DWG
8179
322.0
5759
226.7
L4
2623
L3
2588
L4
1756
L5
1732
L6
1037
L7
1572
L2
1190
L3
1174
L4
797
L5
786
L6
470
L7
3466
L2
5878
231.4
8589
338.1
L8
M5
464
L8
1023
L3
M1
1014
M1
2236
M6
M3
M4
1568
61.7
L1
L2
873
34.4
M1
1001
M2
M2
410
16.1
2113
M3
2084
M4
1953
M5
1927
M6
1655
M7
958
M3
945
M4
886
M5
874
M6
751
M7
740
M8
1632
M8
3069
120.8
2206
M2
3348
131.8
CONTROL BOX
640
M9
1410
M9
631
M10
1391
M10
Figure 44: 16 Fan VFD Models (continued)
100
3.9
8818
347.2
L7
20612
2679
2679
18
18
8600
380-575V 60HZ
AWS290CDP
9350
8471
1215
1215
18
18
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
7903
HZ.
380-575V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
AWS265CDP
UNIT SIZE
18959
380-575V 60HZ
AWS290CDP
18676
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
17424
HZ.
380-575V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
M9
L8
7782
306.4
AWS265CDP
UNIT SIZE
190
7.5
2225
87.6
8408
331.0
M10
1377
1305
L1
3036
2878
L1
L5
BOTTOM VIEW
2675
2514
L3
2675
2446
L4
2151
1987
L5
2151
1934
L6
1377
1270
1213
1140
L3
1213
1109
L4
976
901
L5
976
877
L6
M5
3638
143.2
734
659
L7
1618
1452
L7
M6
3036
L2
M7
L6
5089
200.3
2800
L2
5208
205.0
M8
734
877
L8
1618
1413
L8
1129
659
M1
2488
2327
M1
2438
96.0
L3
M3
M4
1727
68.0
1129
641
M2
L1
610
24.0
2305
2141
M3
2305
2083
M4
2083
1915
M5
2083
1864
M6
1901
1730
M7
1046
1056
M3
1046
1027
M4
945
971
M5
945
945
M6
862
869
M7
862
846
M8
1901
694
785
M9
1529
1352
M1
M9
152
6.0
0
0
M2
1683
M8
L2
2488
2264
M2
330973534 0B
L4
M10
CONTROL BOX
694
763
M10
1529
1316
66
2.6
19
.750 TYP.
190
7.5
100
3.9
L7
L6
L5
M8
M7
BOTTOM VIEW
6259
246.4
5208
205.0
M6
M5
3638
143.2
L4
L3
2438
96.0
M3
M4
1727
68.0
L2
L1
UNIT SIZE
VOLTAGE SHIPPING
OPERATING COPPER # OF
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
AWS310CDP
460V
9355
10716
1346
20 1592 1592 1393 1393 978 978 715 715 1253 1253 1179 1179 1089 1089 1015 1015 821 821
AWS330CDP
60HZ
VOLTAGE SHIPPING
OPERATING COPPER # OF
L1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8 M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 M7 M8 M9 M10
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
AWS310CDP
460V
20624
23624
2968
20 3509 3509 3071 3071 2156 2156 1576 1576 2763 2763 2599 2599 2401 2401 2238 2238 1811 1811
AWS330CDP
60HZ
UNIT SIZE
M9
L8
8682
341.8
9718
382.6
M1
M2
610
24.0
66
2.6
19
.750 TYP.
152
6.0
CONTROL BOX
330973535 0B
2225
87.6
M10
9308
366.5
2225
87.6
19
.750
TYP.
100
3.9
66
2.6
20036
20729
380-460V 60HZ
380-460V 60HZ
AWS330CDH
AWS350CDH
21596
20903
22485
2968
2968
2968
9449
9088
9403
380V 60HZ
380-460V 60HZ
380-460V 60HZ
AWS310CDP
AWS330CDP
AWS330CDH
AWS350CDH
VOLTAGE
9796
9482
10199
1346
1346
1346
SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD
20832
VOLTAGE
380V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
190
7.5
9353
368.2
SHIPPING OPERATING COPPER
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD
L7
L8
AWS310CDP
AWS330CDP
UNIT SIZE
M9
M10
9979
392.9
20
20
20
# OF
FANS
20
20
20
# OF
FANS
L5
L6
1776
1730
1656
L1
3916
3815
3651
L1
3136
3063
3176
3020
3071
L4
2006
1974
2136
L5
2031
1946
2164
L6
1706
1799
1422
1389
1375
L3
1441
1370
1393
L4
910
895
969
L5
921
883
982
L6
L7
563
561
694
L7
1241
1237
1531
1677
L2
3967
3762
3032
L3
3698
L2
M7
M8
6928
272.8
10389
409.0
570
553
703
L8
1257
1220
1550
L8
5878
231.4
1083
1056
1039
M1
2388
2329
2290
M1
L4
M2
M5
M3
M4
M2
1097
1041
1052
1568
61.7
L2
2314
2260
2273
M3
2344
2228
2302
M4
2217
2171
2251
M5
2246
2141
2280
M6
2037
2005
2209
M7
M3
1050
1025
1031
M4
1063
1011
1044
M5
1006
985
1021
M6
M7
924
909
1002
M8
936
896
1015
M9
410
16.1
815
788
987
M10
1796
1737
2176
M10
M1
M2
872
34.3
804
799
974
M9
1773
1761
2148
L1
330973535 0B
1019
971
1034
2063
1976
2237
M8
3069
120.8
2419
2296
2320
L3
M6
3349
131.9
Figure 47: 20 Fan VFD Models (continued)
CONTROL BOX
2225
87.6
M10
L8
L7
22033
380-460V 60HZ
AWS390CDH
22900
24441
380-460V 60HZ
380-460V 60HZ
AWS365CDP
AWS390CDH
VOLTAGE
9994
10337
10387
11086
SHIPPING
OPERATING
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
22788
380-460V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
9353
368.2
SHIPPING
OPERATING
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
M9
VOLTAGE
19
.750
TYP.
66
2.6
10078
396.8
AWS365CDP
UNIT SIZE
100
3.9
11688
460.2
1477
1477
COPPER
FIN ADD
3256
3256
COPPER
FIN ADD
190
7.5
22
22
# OF FANS
22
22
# OF FANS
M8
M7
1628
1586
L1
3589
3496
L1
L5
6369
250.8
3084
3093
3058
L4
2469
2672
L5
2475
2615
L6
1860
2224
L7
1399
1417
L3
1403
1387
L4
330973536 0B
1632
1552
L2
1123
1186
L6
844
1009
L7
846
987
L8
1865
2177
L8
1120
1212
L5
3598
3125
L3
L2
3422
L6
6968
274.3
L4
1097
1107
M1
2418
2441
M1
L3
1100
1084
M2
2424
2389
M2
M6
M4
M3
1568
61.7
L1
L2
M3
2387
M5
2331
2460
M6
2337
2408
M7
2204
2489
M8
2210
2436
1080
1111
M3
1083
1087
M4
1057
1116
M5
1060
1092
M6
1000
1129
M7
1002
1105
M8
2380
2397
M4
3068
120.8
2449
M5
3349
131.9
M1
953
1139
M9
2102
956
1115
M10
2108
2459
M10
410
16.1
2512
M9
M2
872
34.3
CONTROL BOX
2225
87.6
100
3.9
L8
L7
190
7.5
M10
M9
23705
25881
3553
3553
10990
10359
AWS400CDP 380-460V 60HZ
AWS410CDH 380-460V 60HZ
1612
1612
330973537 0B
10753
11740
24
24
# OF FANS
24
24
# OF FANS
9116
358.9
1642
1684
L1
3619
3712
L1
M7
M8
L5
L6
6918
272.3
6369
250.8
3197
3335
3207
3344
L4
2682
2874
L5
2690
2881
L6
1903
2177
L7
1647
1689
L2
1450
1513
L3
1455
1517
L4
1217
1304
L5
1220
1307
L6
863
987
L7
3631
3723
L3
L2
AWS W/VFD 24 2C FAN DIM. DWG
SHIPPING
OPERATING
COPPER
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD
VOLTAGE
22838
AWS410CDH 380-460V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
24228
UNIT SIZE
10930
430.3
SHIPPING
OPERATING
COPPER
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD
M12
M11
11470
451.6
AWS400CDP 380-460V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
19
.750
TYP.
66
2.6
12589
495.6
866
990
L8
1909
2183
L8
1138
1203
M1
2509
2653
M1
1142
1207
M2
2517
2660
M2
1082
1151
M3
2385
2538
M3
L3
L4
3068
120.8
M3
M4
1568
61.7
M5
2225
2388
M6
2232
2395
M7
1813
2005
M8
1818
2011
M9
M4
1085
1154
M5
1009
1083
M6
1012
1086
M7
822
909
M8
825
912
L1
1577
1787
715
811
M9
2393
2545
M4
M6
M5
3349
131.9
718
813
M10
1582
1792
M10
L2
601
704
M10
1325
1552
M11
M2
603
706
M10
1329
1557
M12
410
16.1
M1
872
34.3
Figure 49: 24 Fan 2-Circuit VFD Models
CONTROL BOX
2225
87.6
100
3.9
L8
L7
M10
M9
9065
356.9
25753
27152
3552
24
11681
12316
1611
24
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
VOLTAGE
AWS450CTH 380-460V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
190
7.5
10930
430.3
VOLTAGE HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD FANS
M12
M11
AWS450CTH 380-460V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
19
.750 TYP.
66
2.6
11470
451.6
M8
AWS W VFD 24 3C FAN DIM. DWG
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L6
M7
7404
291.5
L8
M1
M2
330973538 0A
6968
274.3
L4
M6
M5
3068
120.8
M4
M3
1568
61.7
L2
L1
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
L3
3349
131.9
M11
M2
M12
410
16.1
M1
872
34.3
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
M1
M2
M4
M5
M6
972
M7
974
M8
898
M9
900
M10
M3
1820 1824 1632 1636 1325 1328 1057 1060 1200 1202 1159 1162 1107 1110
L1
815
M11
816
M12
4013 4022 3599 3607 2920 2927 2331 2336 2645 2651 2556 2562 2441 2447 2142 2147 1980 1985 1796 1800
L1
L5
12589
495.6
Figure 50: 24 Fan 3-Circuit VFD Models
CONTROL BOX
2225
87.6
100
3.9
AWS475CTH
UNIT SIZE
AWS475CTH
UNIT SIZE
190
7.5
L7
L8 M12
M11
11469
451.5
11528
453.9
26901
28300
380-460V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
12202
12837
1745
COPPER
FIN ADD
3848
COPPER
FIN ADD
9065
356.9
330973539 0B
SHIPPING
OPERATING
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
380-460V 60HZ
M10
M9
SHIPPING
OPERATING
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
19
.750
TYP.
VOLTAGE
13488
531.0
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
M8
6968
274.3
L8
M1
M2
M3
L3
M6
M3
M4
1568
61.7
L1
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
L2
M10
L4
M5
3068
120.8
3349
131.9
M11
M2
M12
410
16.1
M1
872
34.3
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
987
M9
970
M10
1882 1850 1709 1680 1425 1402 1137 1118 1206 1185 1176 1157 1139 1119 1040 1022
L1
926
M11
910
M12
4148 4079 3767 3704 3142 3090 2507 2465 2658 2613 2593 2550 2510 2467 2292 2254 2176 2139 2042 2007
L1
L6
M7
26
# OF
FANS
26
# OF
FANS
L5
7404
291.5
CONTROL BOX
100
3.9
2225
87.6
VOLTAGE
L8
M9
28718
30117
4168
13026
13661
1891
9968
392.4
1896
L1
4180
L1
330973540
28
# OF FANS
28
# OF FANS
M10
SHIPPING
OPERATING
COPPER
HZ.
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
FIN ADD
VOLTAGE
AWS500CTH 380-460V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
19
.750
TYP.
L7
11729
461.8
SHIPPING
OPERATING
COPPER
HZ.
FIN ADD
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
M12
M11
12968
510.6
AWS500CTH 380-460V 60HZ
UNIT SIZE
190
7.5
66
2.6
14388
566.5
L2
M8
3882
L3
3898
L4
3394
L5
3408
L6
2874
L7
1761
L3
1768
L4
1540
L5
1904
L2
1546
L6
1304
L7
4197
0B
L6
M7
L5
6968
274.3
7404
291.5
1309
L8
2885
L8
1301
M1
2869
M1
1306
M2
2880
M2
1266
M3
2791
M3
M6
M5
M4
M3
M5
2690
M6
2701
M7
2428
M8
2438
M9
2226
1271
M4
1220
M5
1225
M6
1101
M7
1106
M8
1010
M9
2802
M4
L4
L3
3068
120.8
3349
131.9
1014
M10
2235
M10
1568
61.7
919
M11
2025
M11
L2
L1
922
M12
2033
M12
M2
M1
410
16.1
872
34.3
CONTROL BOX
19
.750
TYP.
2225
87.6
100
3.9
M12
AWS530CTH
UNIT SIZE
AWS530CTH
UNIT SIZE
M11
L7
L8
12714
500.6
M10
M9
10662
419.8
31446
4466
380-460V 60HZ
VOLTAGE
13629
14264
30
# OF
FANS
30
# OF
FANS
330973541 0B
2026
COPPER
SHIPPING OPERATING
HZ.
FIN ADD
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
380-460V 60HZ
30047
SHIPPING OPERATING
COPPER
HZ.
FIN ADD
WEIGHT
WEIGHT
190
7.5
66
2.6
VOLTAGE
14768
581.4
15288
601.9
M8
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L6
M7
L8
M1
M2
L4
M6
M5
M4
M3
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
1568
61.7
L2
L1
M2
M1
L2
L3
L4
L5
L6
L7
L8
M1
M2
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
889
M10 M11 M12
M3
1987 1961 1858 1833 1646 1624 1369 1351 1399 1380 1359 1341 1306 1290 1171 1156 1043 1030 901
L1
410
16.1
872
34.3
M10 M11 M12
L3
3068
120.8
3349
131.9
4380 4323 4096 4042 3629 3581 3018 2979 3084 3043 2995 2956 2880 2843 2582 2548 2300 2270 1986 1960
L1
L5
6968
274.3
7404
291.5
CONTROL BOX
Isolator Information
Isolator Informati
Transfer the unit as indicated in the Installation section,
beginning on page 4. In all cases, set the unit in place and
level.
Figure 54: Spring Isolator CP-4
When spring isolators are required, install springs running
under the main unit supports.Then unit should be set initially
on shims or blocks at the listed spring free height. When all
unit installation tasks are complete, the springs are adjusted
upward to loosen the blocks or shims that are then removed.
Install of spring isolators requires flexible piping connections
and at least three feet of flexible electrical conduit to avoid
straining the piping and transmitting vibration and noise.
A rubber anti-skid pad should be used under isolators if holddown bolts are not used.
Mounting locations for each model can be found in the Lifting &
Mounting Dimensions beginning on page 16.
Table 8: Spring Isolator Color Definition
Figure 55: Rubber-in-Shear RP-4
Isolator Color
Part Number
Red
332620400
5.00
Black
332620500
3.00
Dark Purple
332620600
Dark Green
332620800
Gray
332620900
White
332621000
6.25
3.75
R4
4.63
Brown
331481401
Red
331481402
Green
331481403
Gray
331481404
Purple
331481405
R.28
TYP.
R4
Part Number
VM&C
.56 TYP.
VM&C
3.87
Table 9: Rubber-in-Shear Color Definition
Isolator Color
.500-13NC-2B
R.250 TYP.
RECESSED
GRIP RIBS
DURULENE
MATERIAL
R.750 TYP.
1.13 .25
APPROX.
1.63
.38
Drawing Number
331481400
RAISED GRIP RIBS
NOTES:
1.
MOUNT MATERIAL TO BE DURULENE RUBBER.
2.
MOLDED STEEL AND ELASTOMER MOUNT FOR
OUTDOOR SERVICE CONDITIONS.
3.
RP-4 MOUNT VERSION WITH STUD IN PLACE.
tion
Table 10: Spring Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
60Hz
50Hz
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
190CDS
164CDS
332320828 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
210CDS
184CDS
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
225CDS
204CDS
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
250CDS
224CDS
332320829
Gray
Gray
Dark Green Dark Green
Black
Black
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
260CDS
234CDS
332320829
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
290CDS
264CDS
332320846
Gray
Gray
Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
310CDS
284CDS
332320846
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
350CDS
314CDS
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
375CDS
334CDS
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
400CTS
374CTS
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green
N/A
N/A
425CTS
394CTS
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
450CTS
414CTS
332320850
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
470CTS
434CTS
332320850
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
500CTS
464CTS
332320850
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
494CTS
332320835
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
332320835
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
525CTS
514CTS
550CTS
524CTS
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH
174CDH
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
204CDH
332320829
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
250CDH
224CDH
332320829
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
280CDH
244CDH
332320846
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
300CDH
264CDH
332320846
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
330CDH
294CDH
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
350CDH
314CDH
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
390CDH
344CDH
332320849
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
410CDH
374CDH
332320834
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
450CTH
404CTH
332320850
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
475CTH
434CTH
332320850
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
500CTH
454CTH
332320835
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
332320835
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
530CTH
554CTH
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
240CDP
194CDP
332320830 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
265CDP
214CDP
332320847
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
Black
Black
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
290CDP
244CDP
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
310CDP
264CDP
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
330CDP
284CDP
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
365CDP
314CDP
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
332320833
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP
404CDP
424CDP
434CDP
Table 11: Spring Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
M7
M8
M9
M10
332320851 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
332320831
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
204CDS
332320831
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
250CDS
224CDS
332320846
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
260CDS
234CDS
332320846
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
290CDS
264CDS
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
310CDS
284CDS
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
350CDS
314CDS
332320849
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
375CDS
334CDS
332320849
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
400CTS
374CTS
332320832
White
White
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
425CTS
394CTS
332320832
White
White
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
450CTS
414CTS
332320836
White
White
White
White
Black
Black
470CTS
434CTS
332320837
White
White
White
White
Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple
500CTS
464CTS
332320853
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
525CTS
494CTS
332320853
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
332320853
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
60Hz
50Hz
190CDS
164CDS
210CDS
184CDS
225CDS
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
514CTS
550CTS
524CTS
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH
174CDH
332320852 Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
204CDH
332320846
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
250CDH
224CDH
332320846
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
280CDH
244CDH
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
300CDH
264CDH
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
330CDH
294CDH
332320849
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
350CDH
314CDH
332320849
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
390CDH
344CDH
332320832
White
White
Gray
Gray
410CDH
374CDH
332320836
White
White
White
White
450CTH
404CTH
332320837
White
White
White
White
Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Green Dark Purple Dark Purple
475CTH
434CTH
332320853
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
500CTH
454CTH
332320853
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
332320853
White
White
White
White
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
Black
Black
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
530CTH
554CTH
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
240CDP
194CDP
332320847
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
265CDP
214CDP
332320849
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
290CDP
244CDP
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
310CDP
264CDP
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
330CDP
284CDP
332320848
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
365CDP
314CDP
332320832
White
White
Gray
Gray
N/A
N/A
332320836
White
White
White
White
Black
Black
Gray
Gray
Black
Black
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP
404CDP
424CDP
434CDP
Table 12: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
164CDS
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
184CDS
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
225CDS
204CDS
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
250CDS
224CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
260CDS
234CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
290CDS
264CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
310CDS
284CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
350CDS
314CDS
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
375CDS
334CDS
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
400CTS
374CTS
332325843
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
425CTS
394CTS
332325843
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
450CTS
414CTS
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
470CTS
434CTS
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
500CTS
464CTS
332325844
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
525CTS
494CTS
332325844
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
332325845
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
60Hz
50Hz
190CDS
210CDS
514CTS
550CTS
524CTS
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH
174CDH
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
204CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
250CDH
224CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
280CDH
244CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
300CDH
264CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
330CDH
294CDH
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
350CDH
314CDH
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
390CDH
344CDH
332325843
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
410CDH
374CDH
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
450CTH
404CTH
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
475CTH
434CTH
332325844
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
500CTH
454CTH
332325844
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
332325845
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
530CTH
554CTH
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
240CDP
194CDP
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
265CDP
214CDP
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
290CDP
244CDP
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
310CDP
264CDP
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
330CDP
284CDP
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
365CDP
314CDP
332325843
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP
404CDP
424CDP
434CDP
Table 13: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for Non-VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
164CDS
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
184CDS
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
225CDS
204CDS
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
250CDS
224CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
260CDS
234CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
290CDS
264CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
310CDS
284CDS
332325829
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
350CDS
314CDS
332325830
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
375CDS
334CDS
332325830
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
400CTS
374CTS
332325843
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
425CTS
394CTS
332325843
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
450CTS
414CTS
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Red
Red
470CTS
434CTS
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
Red
Red
500CTS
464CTS
332325844
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
525CTS
494CTS
332325844
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
332325845
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
60Hz
50Hz
190CDS
210CDS
514CTS
550CTS
524CTS
544CTS
554CTS
210CDH
174CDH
332325828
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
204CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
250CDH
224CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
280CDH
244CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
300CDH
264CDH
332325829
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
Brown
Brown
N/A
N/A
330CDH
294CDH
332325830
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
350CDH
314CDH
332325830
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
390CDH
344CDH
332325843
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
410CDH
374CDH
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Red
Red
450CTH
404CTH
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
Red
Red
475CTH
434CTH
332325844
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
500CTH
454CTH
332325844
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
332325845
Purple
Purple
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
484CTH
504CTH
534CTH
530CTH
554CTH
574CTH
584CTH
604CTH
240CDP
194CDP
332325829
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
265CDP
214CDP
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
290CDP
244CDP
332325830
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
310CDP
264CDP
332325830
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
330CDP
284CDP
332325830
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
365CDP
314CDP
332325843
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
332325834
Purple
Purple
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Red
Red
Red
Red
344CDP
374CDP
400CDP
404CDP
424CDP
434CDP
Table 14: Spring Isolators for VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
170CDS
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
190CDS
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
200CDS
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
210CDH
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
VFD
332320822
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Black
Black
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
250CDH
VFD
332320822
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Black
Black
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
280CDH
VFD
332320823
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
300CDH
VFD
332320823
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
330CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
350CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
390CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
410CDH
VFD
332320825
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Purple
Dark
Purple
450CTH
VFD
332320825
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Purple
Dark
Purple
475CTH
VFD
332320826
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
500CTH
VFD
332320826
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
530CTH
VFD
332320827
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
240CDP
VFD
332320823
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
265CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
290CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
310CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
330CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
365CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
400CDP
VFD
332320825
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Purple
Dark
Purple
Table 15: Spring Isolators for VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
170CDS
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
190CDS
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
200CDS
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
210CDH
VFD
332320821
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
VFD
332320822
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Black
Black
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
250CDH
VFD
332320822
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Black
Black
Black
Black
N/A
N/A
280CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
300CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
330CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
350CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
390CDH
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
410CDH
VFD
332320825
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Purple
Dark
Purple
450CTH
VFD
332320825
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Purple
Dark
Purple
475CTH
VFD
332320826
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
500CTH
VFD
332320827
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
530CTH
VFD
332320827
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
240CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
265CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
290CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
310CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
330CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
365CDP
VFD
332320824
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
N/A
N/A
400CDP
VFD
332320825
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Green
Dark
Purple
Dark
Purple
Table 16: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for VFD Units with Aluminum Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
170CDS
VFD
332325821
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
190CDS
VFD
332325821
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
200CDS
VFD
332325821
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
210CDH
VFD
332325821
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
VFD
332325822
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
250CDH
VFD
332325822
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
280CDH
VFD
332325822
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
300CDH
VFD
332325822
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
330CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
350CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
390CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
410CDH
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
450CTH
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
475CTH
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
500CTH
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
530CTH
VFD
332325825
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
240CDP
VFD
332325822
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
N/A
N/A
265CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
290CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
310CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
330CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
365CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
400CDP
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Table 17: Rubber-in-Shear Isolators for VFD Units with Copper Fin Condensers
UNIT SIZE
Kit P/N
M1
M2
M3
M4
M5
M6
M7
M8
M9
M10
M11
M12
170CDS
VFD
332325826
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
190CDS
VFD
332325826
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
200CDS
VFD
332325826
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
210CDH
VFD
332325826
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
230CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
250CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
280CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
300CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
330CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
350CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
390CDH
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
410CDH
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
450CTH
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
475CTH
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
500CTH
VFD
332325827
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
530CTH
VFD
332325827
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Gray
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
240CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
265CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
290CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
310CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
330CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
365CDP
VFD
332325823
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
N/A
N/A
400CDP
VFD
332325824
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Electrical Information
Field Wiring
Wiring must comply with all applicable codes and ordinances.
Warranty does not cover damage to the equipment caused by
wiring not complying with specifications. Pathfinder® chillers
can be ordered with main power wiring for either multi-point
power connection (standard) or single-point connection
(optional). If the optional single-point power connection is
ordered, a single power connection is made to a power block
(or optional disconnect switch) in the unit power panel. A
separate disconnect is required if the optional factory-mounted
disconnect is not ordered. Factory-mounted isolation circuit
breakers for each circuit are included as standard on all singlepoint connection options.
If the standard multiple-point power wiring is ordered, two
power connections are required on Pathfinder® chiller models
AWS###CD or three power connections on AWS###CT. They
are made to factory-mounted disconnect switches or terminal
blocks in the power panel. See the dimension drawings in the
current Pathfinder® catalog at www.DaikinApplied.com for entry
locations.
It can be desirable to have the unit evaporator heaters on a
separate disconnect switch from the main unit power supply
so that the unit power can be shut down without defeating the
freeze protection provided by the evaporator heaters. See the
field wiring diagram for connection details. The 120-volt control
transformer is factory mounted and wired.
CAUTION
If a separate disconnect is used for the 120V supply to the unit, it must
power the entire control circuit. It must be clearly marked so that it is
not accidentally shut off during freezing temperatures, thereby deenergizing the evaporator heaters. Freeze damage to the evaporator
could result. If the evaporator is drained for winter freeze protection,
the heaters must be de-energized to prevent heater burnout.
CAUTION
Pathfinder® unit compressors are single-direction rotation
compressors and can be damaged if rotated in the wrong direction.
For this reason, proper phasing of electrical power is important.
Electrical phasing must be A, B, C for electrical phases 1, 2 and 3
(A=L1, B=L2, C=L3) for single or multiple point wiring arrangements.
DO NOT ALTER THE WIRING TO THE STARTERS.
Electrical Data Notes
1. All field wiring to unit power block or optional nonfused
disconnect switch can be copper or aluminum wiring.
2. All wiring must be done in accordance with applicable
local and national codes. Aluminum wire shall be
installed in accordance with NECA/AA 104-2012,
Standard for Installing Aluminum Building Wire and
Cable (ANSI). Wiring sizing and wire count must fit in
the power connection lug sizing shown in the field wiring
tables beginning on page 80.
3. Field wire size values given in tables apply to 75°C rated
wire per NEC.
4. Power Limitations:
• Voltage within 10 percent of nameplate rating.
• Voltage unbalance not to exceed 2% with a resultant
current unbalance of 6 to 10 times the voltage
unbalance per NEMA MG-1, 1998 Standard.
5. Single-point power supply requires a single disconnect to
supply electrical power to the unit. Power must be fused.
6. Multiple point power supply requires a independent
power supply for each circuit.
7. External disconnect switch(s) or HACR breakers must be
field supplied. A non-fused disconnect switch in the panel
is an available option.
8. Unit wire size ampacity (MCA) is equal to 125% of the
largest compressor-motor RLA plus 100% of RLA of all
other loads in the circuit including control transformer.
Wire size ampacity for separate 115V control circuit
power is 15 amps.
9. Recommended time delay fuse size (RFS) is generally
equal to 170% of the largest compressor motor RLA plus
100% of remaining compressor RLAs and the sum of
condenser fan FLAs. Some models offer a reduced RFS
option which impact ambient rating limits and leaving
water temperature limits.
10. Maximum time delay fuse size or HACR breakers is
equal to 225% of the largest compressor-motor RLA plus
100% of remaining compressor RLAs and the sum of
condenser fan FLAs.
11. Circuit Breakers (Non-Compressor VFD Units)
The circuit breaker used in the High Short Circuit
panel option may have a higher trip rating than the
unit Maximum Overload Protection (MOCP) value
shown on the unit nameplate. The circuit breaker is
installed as a service disconnect switch and does not
function as branch circuit protection, mainly that the
protection device must be installed at the point of origin
of the power wiring. The breaker (disconnect switch)
is oversized to avoid nuisance trips at high ambient
temperature conditions.
12. BAS Interface
The following installation manuals for optional BAS
interface modules are shipped with the chiller and can
also be downloaded from www.DaikinApplied.com:
• IM 966, BACnet® IP Communication Module
• IM 967, BACnet® IP Communication Module MS/TP
• IM 968, Modbus® Communication Module
• IM 969, LonWorks® Communication Module
Current Inrush
Information on compressor current inrush by starter type is
available on a Technical Data report. Contact a Daikin Applied
sales representative for a unit specific selection.
Figure 56: Field Wiring Diagram
Figure 57: Field Wiring Diagram (continued)
Table 18: Single Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units
Model Size
190CDS
210CDS
225CDS
250CDS
260CDS
290CDS
310CDS
350CDS
375CDS
400CTS
425CTS
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Standard Lug Size
Power Block
Disconnect Switch
HSCCR Disconnect
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
230
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
Table 19: Single-Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)
Model Size
450CTS
470CTS
500CTS
525CTS
550CTS
210CDH
230CDH
250CDH
280CDH
300CDH
330CDH
350CDH
390CDH
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Standard Lug Size
Power Block
Disconnect Switch
HSCCR Disconnect
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
Model Size
410CDH
450CTH
475CTH
500CTH
530CTH
240CDP
265CDP
290CDP
310CDP
330CDP
365CDP
400CDP
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Standard Lug Size
Power Block
Disconnect Switch
HSCCR Disconnect
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
230
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
Model Size
Hz
Voltage
164CDS
50
184CDS
Standard Lug Size
Power Block
Disconnect Switch
HSCCR Disconnect
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
204CDS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
224CDS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
234CDS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
264CDS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
284CDS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
314CDS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
334CDS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
374CTS
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
394CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
414CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
434CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
464CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
494CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
514CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
524CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
544CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
554CTS
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
174CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
204CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
224CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
244CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
264CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
294CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
314CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
344CDH
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
374CDH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
404CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
434CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
454CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
484CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
504CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
534CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
554CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
574CTH
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
--
--
584CTH
50
400
--
--
--
604CTH
50
400
--
--
--
194CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
214CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
244CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
264CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
284CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
314CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
344CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
374CDP
50
400
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
404CDP
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
424CDP
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
434CDP
50
400
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
Table 22: Single-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units
Model Size
170CDS
VFD
190CDS
VFD
200CDS
VFD
210CDH
VFD
230CDH
VFD
250CDH
VFD
280CDH
VFD
300CDH
VFD
330CDH
VFD
350CDH
VFD
390CDH
VFD
410CDH
VFD
450CTH
VFD
475CTH
VFD
500CTH
VFD
530CTH
VFD
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Standard Lug Size
Power Block
Disconnect Switch
HSCCR Disconnect
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
60
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
60
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
60
460
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
60
60
60
Table 23: Single-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units (continued)
Model Size
240CDP
VFD
265CDP
VFD
290CDP
VFD
310CDP
VFD
330CDP
VFD
365CDP
VFD
400CDP
VFD
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Standard Lug Size
Power Block
Disconnect Switch
HSCCR Disconnect
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 2-600MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
380
(4) 2-600MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
460
(2) 6-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
Table 24: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units
Model Size
190CDS
210CDS
225CDS
250CDS
260CDS
290CDS
310CDS
350CDS
375CDS
400CTS
425CTS
450CTS
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Disconnect Switch - Standard Lug Size
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
Circuit #3
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
Table 25: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)
Model Size
Hz
Voltage
380
470CTS
500CTS
525CTS
550CTS
210CDH
230CDH
250CDH
280CDH
300CDH
330CDH
350CDH
390CDH
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
---
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
---
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
---
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
---
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
208
(3) 2/0-400MCM
(3) 2/0-400MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
---
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
---
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
---
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
Model Size
410CDH
450CTH
475CTH
500CTH
530CTH
240CDP
265CDP
290CDP
310CDP
330CDP
365CDP
400CDP
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
Circuit #3
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
208
(4) 4/0-500MCM
(4) 4/0-500MCM
--
230
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(1) 6-350MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(1) 6-350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
575
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
Model Size
Hz
Voltage
164CDS
50
184CDS
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
204CDS
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
224CDS
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
234CDS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
264CDS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
284CDS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
314CDS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
334CDS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
374CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
394CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
414CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
434CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
464CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
494CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
514CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
524CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
544CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
554CTS
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
174CDH
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
204CDH
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
224CDH
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
244CDH
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
264CDH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
294CDH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
314CDH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
344CDH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
374CDH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
404CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
434CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
454CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
484CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
504CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
534CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
554CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
574CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
584CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
604CTH
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
194CDP
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
214CDP
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
244CDP
50
400
(1) 6 - 350MCM
(1) 6 - 350MCM
--
264CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
284CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
314CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
344CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
374CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
404CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
424CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
434CDP
50
400
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
Table 28: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units
Model
Size
170CDS VFD
190CDS VFD
200CDS VFD
210CDH VFD
230CDH VFD
250CDH VFD
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
280CDH VFD
60
300CDH VFD
60
330CDH VFD
60
350CDH VFD
60
390CDH VFD
60
410CDH VFD
60
450CTH VFD
60
475CTH VFD
Voltage
Circuit Breaker - Standard Lug Size
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
380
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
Circuit #3
--
460
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
--
575
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
--
380
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
575
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
--
380
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
---
575
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
(1) 3/0 - 350MCM
380
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
575
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
380
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
575
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
---
575
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
380
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
460
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
60
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
500CTH VFD
60
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
530CTH VFD
60
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
Table 29: Multi-Point Field Wiring Data for VFD Units (continued)
Model
Size
240CDP VFD
265CDP VFD
290CDP VFD
310CDP VFD
330CDP VFD
365CDP VFD
400CDP VFD
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Circuit Breaker - Standard Lug Size
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
380
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
575
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
380
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
575
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
575
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(1) 1-600MCM & (2) 1-250MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
380
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
(3) 3/0 - 500MCM
--
460
(2) 3/0-500MCM
(2) 3/0-500MCM
--
Table 30: Single-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units
Ratings
Model
Size
190CDS
210CDS
225CDS
250CDS
260CDS
290CDS
310CDS
350CDS
375CDS
400CTS
425CTS
450CTS
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Ratings
(Wire 75°C for SP Power Block / Disconnect Sw,
Model
90°C for SP HSCCR)
Size
MCA
RFS
MFS
208
802
1000
1000
230
725
1000
1000
380
439
600
600
460
363
450
500
575
290
350
400
208
908
1200
1200
230
821
1000
1000
380
498
600
700
460
411
500
500
575
328
400
450
208
981
1200
1200
230
887
1200
1200
380
538
700
700
460
444
600
575
354
208
Hz
Voltage
90°C for SP HSCCR)
MCA
RFS
MFS
380
1138
1200
1200
460
940
1200
1200
575
751
800
800
380
1194
1200
1200
460
986
1200
1200
575
789
1000
1000
460
1025
1200
1200
575
820
1000
1000
460
1064
1200
1200
575
851
1000
1000
208
842
1000
1000
230
761
1000
1000
380
461
600
600
600
460
381
450
500
450
450
575
305
400
400
1092
1200
1200
208
953
1200
1200
230
988
1200
1200
230
862
1200
1200
380
598
800
800
380
522
700
700
460
494
600
700
460
431
600
600
575
395
500
500
575
345
450
450
208
1169
1600
1600
208
1030
1200
1200
230
1058
1200
1200
230
932
1200
1200
380
640
800
800
380
564
700
700
460
529
700
700
460
466
600
600
575
423
500
500
575
373
450
500
380
725
1000
1000
208
1140
1600
1600
460
598
800
800
230
1031
1200
1200
575
478
600
600
380
623
800
800
380
786
1000
1000
460
515
700
700
460
648
800
800
575
412
500
500
575
518
700
700
208
1216
1600
1600
380
850
1200
1200
230
1099
1200
1200
460
702
800
800
380
664
800
800
575
561
700
700
460
549
700
700
380
888
1200
1200
575
439
600
600
460
734
1000
1000
380
781
1000
1000
575
587
700
800
460
646
800
800
380
932
1000
1000
575
516
700
700
460
770
800
800
380
861
1200
1200
800
470CTS
500CTS
525CTS
550CTS
210CDH
230CDH
250CDH
280CDH
300CDH
330CDH
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
575
615
700
700
460
712
800
380
1008
1200
1200
575
569
700
700
460
833
1000
1000
380
915
1200
1200
1000
350CDH
60
575
665
800
800
460
756
1000
380
1077
1200
1200
575
605
800
800
460
890
1000
1000
380
960
1200
1200
575
711
800
800
460
793
1000
1000
575
634
700
800
390CDH
410CDH
60
60
Table 31: Single-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)
Ratings
Model
Size
450CTH
475CTH
500CTH
530CTH
240CDP
265CDP
290CDP
310CDP
330CDP
365CDP
400CDP
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Ratings
Model
90°C for SP HSCCR)
Size
Hz
MCA
RFS
MFS
380
963
1200
1200
164CDS
50
460
797
1000
1000
184CDS
50
Voltage
90°C for SP HSCCR)
MCA
RFS
400
355
450
MFS
450
400
403
500
500
575
637
800
800
204CDS
50
400
435
600
600
380
1071
1200
1200
224CDS
50
400
484
600
600
460
886
1000
1000
234CDS
50
400
517
700
700
575
709
800
800
264CDS
50
400
585
700
800
380
1159
1200
1200
284CDS
50
400
633
800
800
460
959
1200
1200
314CDS
50
400
687
800
800
1000
575
767
800
800
334CDS
50
400
717
1000
380
1248
1200
1200
374CTS
50
400
754
800
800
460
1032
1200
1200
394CTS
50
400
814
1000
1000
575
825
1000
1000
414CTS
50
400
870
1000
1000
208
872
1200
1200
434CTS
50
400
918
1000
1000
230
788
1000
1000
464CTS
50
400
964
1200
1200
380
477
600
600
494CTS
50
400
1002
1200
1200
460
394
500
500
514CTS
50
400
1040
1200
1200
575
316
400
400
524CTS
50
400
1084
1200
1200
208
983
1200
1200
544CTS
50
400
1139
1200
1200
230
889
1200
1200
554CTS
50
400
1183
1200
1200
380
538
700
700
174CDH
50
400
374
450
500
460
445
600
600
204CDH
50
400
424
600
600
575
356
450
500
224CDH
50
400
457
600
600
208
1060
1200
1200
244CDH
50
400
506
600
700
230
959
1200
1200
264CDH
50
400
539
700
700
380
580
700
800
294CDH
50
400
634
800
800
460
480
600
600
314CDH
50
400
697
800
800
575
384
450
500
344CDH
50
400
741
1000
1000
208
1170
1600
1600
374CDH
50
400
778
1000
1000
230
1058
1200
1200
404CTH
50
400
782
800
800
380
640
800
800
434CTH
50
400
869
1000
1000
460
529
700
700
454CTH
50
400
940
1200
1200
575
423
500
500
484CTH
50
400
1011
1200
1200
380
681
800
800
504CTH
50
400
1040
1200
1200
460
563
700
700
534CTH
50
400
1076
1200
1200
575
450
600
600
554CTH
50
400
1105
1200
1200
380
789
1000
1000
574CTH
50
400
1167
1200
1200
460
652
800
800
584CTH
50
400
1244
1600
1600
575
522
700
700
604CTH
50
400
1306
1600
1600
380
877
1200
1200
194CDP
50
400
390
500
500
460
725
1000
1000
214CDP
50
400
440
600
600
575
580
700
800
244CDP
50
400
473
600
600
264CDP
50
400
522
700
700
284CDP
50
400
555
700
700
314CDP
50
400
642
800
800
344CDP
50
400
713
800
800
374CDP
50
400
749
1000
1000
404CDP
50
400
778
1000
1000
424CDP
50
400
855
1200
1200
434CDP
50
400
917
1200
1200
Table 32: Single-Point Electrical Data for VFD Units
Ratings
Ratings
Model Size
170CDS VFD
190CDS VFD
200CDS VFD
210CDH VFD
230CDH VFD
250CDH VFD
280CDH VFD
300CDH VFD
330CDH VFD
350CDH VFD
390CDH VFD
410CDH VFD
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Model
90°C for SP HSCCR)
Size
MCA
RFS
MFS
380
397
500
500
460
327
400
450
575
261
300
350
380
449
500
600
460
370
450
500
575
295
350
400
380
484
600
600
460
399
500
500
575
318
400
400
380
504
600
700
310CDP
460
417
450 / 500
500
VFD
575
334
450 / 500
450
330CDP
380
567
700
800
VFD
460
468
500 / 600
600
365CDP
575
374
500 / 600
500
VFD
380
611
700
800
400CDP
460
504
600
700
VFD
575
402
500
500
800
380
672
800
460
555
600 / 700
700
380
714
800
1000
460
590
700
800
380
803
1000
1000
460
664
700 / 800
800
380
861
1000
1200
460
712
800
800
380
944
1200
1200
460
780
1000
1000
380
1012
1200
1200
460
835
1000
1000
380
1034
1200
1200
460
855
1000
1000
450CTH VFD
60
475CTH VFD
60
460
922
1000
1200
500CTH VFD
60
460
977
1200
1200
530CTH VFD
60
460
1032
1200
1200
240CDP
VFD
265CDP
VFD
290CDP
VFD
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
90°C for SP HSCCR)
MCA
RFS
MFS
380
520
600
700
460
430
450 / 500
500
575
345
450 / 500
450
380
583
700
800
460
482
500 / 600
600
575
385
500 / 600
500
380
627
800
800
460
518
600
700
575
413
500
500
380
688
800
800
460
569
600 / 700
800
380
730
800
1000
460
604
700
800
380
811
1000
1000
460
670
700 / 800
800
380
877
1000
1200
460
725
800
1000
Table 33: Multiple-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units
Multiple Point Field Data
Model Size
190CDS
210CDS
225CDS
250CDS
260CDS
290CDS
310CDS
350CDS
375CDS
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
208V
441
600
700
441
600
700
-
-
-
230V
399
600
600
399
600
600
-
-
-
380V
242
350
400
242
350
400
-
-
-
460V
200
300
300
200
300
300
-
-
-
575V
160
225
250
160
225
250
-
-
-
208V
449
600
700
540
800
800
-
-
-
230V
406
600
600
488
700
800
-
-
-
380V
246
350
400
296
450
500
-
-
-
460V
203
300
300
244
350
400
-
-
-
575V
163
250
250
195
300
300
-
-
-
208V
540
800
800
540
800
800
-
-
-
230V
488
700
800
488
700
800
-
-
-
380V
296
450
500
296
450
500
-
-
-
460V
244
350
400
244
350
400
-
-
-
575V
195
300
300
195
300
300
-
-
-
208V
548
800
800
644
1000
1000
-
-
-
230V
495
700
800
583
800
1000
-
-
-
380V
300
450
500
353
500
600
-
-
-
460V
248
350
400
291
450
500
-
-
-
575V
198
300
300
233
350
400
-
-
-
208V
644
1000
1000
644
1000
1000
-
-
-
230V
583
800
1000
583
800
1000
-
-
-
380V
353
500
600
353
500
600
-
-
-
460V
291
450
500
291
450
500
-
-
-
575V
233
350
400
233
350
400
-
-
-
380V
357
500
600
433
600
700
-
-
-
460V
295
450
500
357
500
600
-
-
-
575V
235
350
400
285
400
450
-
-
-
380V
433
600
700
433
600
700
-
-
-
460V
357
500
600
357
500
600
-
-
-
575V
285
400
450
285
400
450
-
-
-
380V
441
600
700
489
700
800
-
-
-
460V
364
500
600
404
600
700
-
-
-
575V
291
400
500
323
500
500
-
-
-
380V
489
700
800
489
700
800
-
-
-
460V
404
600
700
404
600
700
-
-
-
575V
323
500
500
323
500
500
-
-
-
Table 34: Multiple-Point Electrical Data for Non-VFD Units (continued)
Model Size
400CTS
425CTS
450CTS
470CTS
500CTS
525CTS
550CTS
210CDH
230CDH
250CDH
280CDH
300CDH
330CDH
350CDH
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
380V
353
500
600
353
500
600
357
500
600
460V
291
450
500
291
450
500
295
450
500
575V
233
350
400
233
350
400
235
350
400
380V
353
500
600
353
500
600
433
600
700
460V
291
450
500
291
450
500
357
500
600
575V
233
350
400
233
350
400
285
400
450
380V
433
600
700
433
600
700
357
500
600
460V
357
500
600
357
500
600
295
450
500
575V
285
400
450
285
400
450
235
350
400
380V
433
600
700
433
600
700
433
600
700
460V
357
500
600
357
500
600
357
500
600
575V
285
400
450
285
400
450
285
400
450
380V
433
600
700
433
600
700
489
700
800
460V
357
500
600
357
500
600
404
600
700
575V
285
400
450
285
400
450
323
500
500
380V
489
700
800
489
700
800
433
600
700
460V
404
600
700
404
600
700
357
500
600
575V
323
500
500
323
500
500
285
400
450
380V
489
700
800
489
700
800
489
700
800
460V
404
600
700
404
600
700
404
600
700
575V
323
500
500
323
500
500
323
500
500
208V
463
700
700
463
700
700
-
-
-
230V
418
600
700
418
600
700
-
-
-
380V
253
350
400
253
350
400
-
-
-
460V
209
300
350
209
300
350
-
-
-
575V
168
250
250
168
250
250
-
-
-
208V
470
700
800
566
800
800
-
-
-
230V
425
600
700
513
700
800
-
-
-
380V
258
350
400
310
450
500
-
-
-
460V
213
300
350
256
350
400
-
-
-
575V
170
250
250
205
300
350
-
-
-
208V
566
800
800
566
800
800
-
-
-
230V
513
700
800
513
700
800
-
-
-
380V
310
450
500
310
450
500
-
-
-
460V
256
350
400
256
350
400
-
-
-
575V
205
300
350
205
300
350
-
-
-
208V
574
800
800
669
1000
1000
-
-
-
230V
519
700
800
604
800
1000
-
-
-
380V
314
450
500
365
500
600
-
-
-
460V
260
400
400
302
450
500
-
-
-
575V
208
300
350
242
350
400
-
-
-
208V
669
1000
1000
669
1000
1000
-
-
-
230V
604
800
1000
604
800
1000
-
-
-
380V
365
500
600
365
500
600
-
-
-
460V
302
450
500
302
450
500
-
-
-
575V
242
350
400
242
350
400
-
-
-
380V
374
500
600
474
700
800
-
-
-
460V
309
450
500
392
600
600
-
-
-
575V
247
350
400
313
450
500
-
-
-
380V
474
700
800
474
700
800
-
-
-
460V
392
600
600
392
600
600
-
-
-
575V
313
450
500
313
450
500
-
-
-
Model Size
390CDH
410CDH
450CTH
475CTH
500CTH
530CTH
240CDP
265CDP
290CDP
310CDP
330CDP
365CDP
400CDP
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Voltage
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
380V
474
700
800
528
800
800
-
-
-
460V
392
600
600
436
600
700
-
-
-
575V
313
450
500
349
500
600
-
-
-
380V
528
800
800
528
800
800
-
-
-
460V
436
600
700
436
600
700
-
-
-
575V
349
500
600
349
500
600
-
-
-
380V
365
500
600
365
500
600
365
500
600
460V
302
450
500
302
450
500
302
450
500
575V
242
350
400
242
350
400
242
350
400
380V
365
500
600
365
500
600
474
700
800
460V
302
450
500
302
450
500
392
600
600
575V
242
350
400
242
350
400
313
450
500
380V
474
700
800
474
700
800
365
500
600
460V
392
600
600
392
600
600
302
450
500
575V
313
450
500
313
450
500
242
350
400
380V
474
700
800
474
700
800
474
700
800
460V
392
600
600
392
600
600
392
600
600
575V
313
450
500
313
450
500
313
450
500
208V
478
700
800
478
700
800
-
-
-
230V
432
600
700
432
600
700
-
-
-
380V
262
350
400
262
350
400
-
-
-
460V
216
300
350
216
300
350
-
-
-
575V
173
250
250
173
250
250
-
-
-
208V
485
700
800
581
800
800
-
-
-
230V
439
600
700
526
800
800
-
-
-
380V
266
400
400
318
450
500
-
-
-
460V
219
300
350
263
400
450
-
-
-
575V
176
250
250
211
300
350
-
-
-
208V
581
800
800
581
800
800
-
-
-
230V
526
800
800
526
800
800
-
-
-
380V
318
450
500
318
450
500
-
-
-
460V
263
400
450
263
400
450
-
-
-
575V
211
300
350
211
300
350
-
-
-
208V
589
800
1000
684
1000
1000
-
-
-
230V
533
800
800
618
1000
1000
-
-
-
380V
322
450
500
374
500
600
-
-
-
460V
267
400
450
309
450
500
-
-
-
575V
213
300
350
247
350
400
-
-
-
208V
684
1000
1000
684
1000
1000
-
-
-
230V
618
1000
1000
618
1000
1000
-
-
-
380V
374
500
600
374
500
600
-
-
-
460V
309
450
500
309
450
500
-
-
-
575V
247
350
400
247
350
400
-
-
-
380V
374
500
600
482
700
800
-
-
-
460V
309
450
500
398
600
600
-
-
-
575V
247
350
400
319
450
500
-
-
-
380V
482
700
800
482
700
800
-
-
-
460V
398
600
600
398
600
600
-
-
-
575V
319
450
500
319
450
500
-
-
-
Model
Size
Hz
Voltage
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
195
300
300
195
300
300
-
-
-
400
-
-
-
400
-
-
-
-
-
164CDS
50
400V
184CDS
50
400V
204CDS
50
400V
224CDS
50
400V
243
350
400
284
400
450
-
234CDS
50
400V
284
400
450
284
400
450
-
-
-
264CDS
50
400V
288
400
450
348
500
600
-
-
-
284CDS
50
400V
348
500
600
348
500
600
-
-
-
314CDS
50
400V
356
500
600
394
600
600
-
-
-
334CDS
50
400V
394
600
600
394
600
600
-
-
-
374CTS
50
400V
284
400
450
284
400
450
288
400
450
394CTS
50
400V
284
400
450
284
400
450
348
500
600
414CTS
50
400V
348
500
600
348
500
600
288
400
450
434CTS
50
400V
348
500
600
348
500
600
348
500
600
464CTS
50
400V
348
500
600
348
500
600
394
600
600
494CTS
50
400V
394
600
600
394
600
600
348
500
600
514CTS
50
400V
394
600
600
394
600
600
394
600
600
524CTS
50
400V
394
600
600
394
600
600
449
600
700
544CTS
50
400V
449
600
700
449
600
700
394
600
600
554CTS
50
400V
449
600
700
449
600
700
449
600
700
174CDH
50
400V
205
300
350
205
300
350
-
-
-
204CDH
50
400V
209
300
350
251
350
400
-
-
-
224CDH
50
400V
251
350
400
251
350
400
-
-
-
244CDH
50
400V
255
350
400
296
450
500
-
-
-
264CDH
50
400V
296
450
500
296
450
500
-
-
-
294CDH
50
400V
304
450
500
383
600
600
-
-
-
314CDH
50
400V
383
600
600
383
600
600
-
-
-
344CDH
50
400V
383
600
600
427
600
700
-
-
-
374CDH
50
400V
427
600
700
427
600
700
-
-
-
404CTH
50
400V
296
450
500
296
450
500
296
450
500
434CTH
50
400V
296
450
500
296
450
500
383
600
600
454CTH
50
400V
383
600
600
383
600
600
296
450
500
484CTH
50
400V
383
600
600
383
600
600
383
600
600
504CTH
50
400V
383
600
600
383
600
600
419
600
700
534CTH
50
400V
419
600
700
419
600
700
383
600
600
554CTH
50
400V
419
600
700
419
600
700
419
600
700
574CTH
50
400V
419
600
700
419
600
700
496
700
800
584CTH
50
400V
496
700
800
496
700
800
419
600
700
604CTH
50
400V
496
700
800
496
700
800
496
700
800
194CDP
50
400V
213
300
350
213
300
350
-
-
-
214CDP
50
400V
217
300
350
259
350
400
-
-
-
244CDP
50
400V
259
350
400
259
350
400
-
-
-
264CDP
50
400V
263
350
400
304
450
500
-
-
-
284CDP
50
400V
304
450
500
391
600
600
-
-
-
314CDP
50
400V
391
600
600
391
600
600
-
-
-
344CDP
50
400V
391
600
600
427
600
700
-
-
-
374CDP
50
400V
304
450
500
304
450
500
-
-
-
404CDP
50
400V
427
600
700
427
600
700
-
-
-
424CDP
50
400V
427
600
700
504
700
800
-
-
-
434CDP
50
400V
504
700
800
504
700
800
-
-
-
199
239
300
350
300
400
239
239
350
350
Table 37: Multiple-Point Electrical Data for VFD Units
Model Size
170CDS VFD
190CDS VFD
200CDS VFD
210CDH VFD
230CDH VFD
250CDH VFD
280CDH VFD
300CDH VFD
330CDH VFD
350CDH VFD
390CDH VFD
410CDH VFD
Hz
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
450CTH VFD
60
475CTH VFD
60
Voltage
Circuit #1
Circuit #2
Circuit #3
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
MCA
RFS
MFS
380V
218
300
350
218
300
350
-
-
-
460V
180
250
300
180
250
300
-
-
-
575V
144
200
225
144
200
225
-
-
-
380V
222
300
350
266
400
450
-
-
-
460V
183
250
300
219
300
350
-
-
-
575V
146
225
250
175
250
300
-
-
-
380V
266
400
450
266
400
450
-
-
-
460V
219
300
350
219
300
350
-
-
-
575V
175
250
300
175
250
300
-
-
-
380V
277
400
450
277
400
450
-
-
-
460V
229
350
350
229
350
350
-
-
-
575V
184
250
300
184
250
300
-
-
-
380V
281
400
450
336
500
500
-
-
-
460V
233
350
400
278
400
450
-
-
-
575V
186
250
300
221
300
350
-
-
-
380V
336
500
500
336
500
500
-
-
-
460V
278
400
450
278
400
450
-
-
-
575V
221
300
350
221
300
350
-
-
-
380V
340
500
500
393
600
600
-
-
-
460V
281
400
450
325
500
500
-
-
-
380V
393
600
600
393
600
600
-
-
-
460V
325
500
500
325
500
500
-
-
-
380V
401
600
600
474
700
800
-
-
-
460V
332
500
500
392
600
600
-
-
-
380V
474
700
800
474
700
800
-
-
-
460V
392
600
600
392
600
600
-
-
-
380V
474
700
800
557
800
800
-
-
-
460V
392
600
600
460
700
700
-
-
-
380V
557
800
800
557
800
800
-
-
-
460V
460
700
700
460
700
700
-
-
-
380V
393
600
600
393
600
600
393
600
600
460V
325
500
500
325
500
500
325
500
500
460V
325
500
500
325
500
500
392
600
600
500CTH VFD
60
460V
392
600
600
392
600
600
325
500
500
530CTH VFD
60
460V
392
600
600
392
600
600
392
600
600
380V
285
400
450
285
400
450
-
-
-
240CDP VFD
60
460V
236
350
400
236
350
400
-
-
-
575V
189
250
300
189
250
300
-
-
-
380V
289
400
450
344
500
500
-
-
-
460V
239
350
400
284
400
450
-
-
-
575V
192
250
300
227
300
350
-
-
-
380V
344
500
500
344
500
500
-
-
-
460V
284
400
450
284
400
450
-
-
-
575V
227
300
350
227
300
350
-
-
-
380V
349
500
500
401
600
600
-
-
-
460V
288
400
450
332
500
500
-
-
-
380V
401
600
600
401
600
600
-
-
-
460V
332
500
500
332
500
500
-
-
-
380V
401
600
600
482
700
800
-
-
-
460V
332
500
500
398
600
600
-
-
-
380V
482
700
800
482
700
800
-
-
-
460V
398
600
600
398
600
600
-
-
-
265CDP VFD
290CDP VFD
310CDP VFD
330CDP VFD
365CDP VFD
400CDP VFD
60
60
60
60
60
60
Pressure Drop Data
Pressure Drop Data
Figure 58: Evaporator Model EV40271010/9 (6” Connection)
AWS-C Evaporator Pressure Drop Curves
Evaporator EV40271010/9
30
PD
(ft)
20
10
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
Variable Flow System Only Minimum Flow Rate
(Unit Unloaded)
Fixed Flow System Only Minimum
Flow Rate 18F Delta
(Unit 100% Load)
Nominal (100% Loaded)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
164CDS
50
114.5
1.4
7.2
26.0
4.2
212.1
4.1
13.4
48.2
12.3
381.7
11.8
24.1
86.7
35.2
184CDS
50
130.1
1.7
8.2
29.5
5.0
240.9
5.3
15.2
54.7
15.9
433.6
14.7
27.4
98.5
44.0
190CDS
60
129.7
1.7
8.2
29.5
5.0
240.1
5.3
15.2
54.5
15.9
432.2
15.0
27.3
98.2
44.9
204CDS
50
142.8
1.9
9.0
32.4
5.7
264.5
6.2
16.7
60.1
18.5
476.0
17.7
30.0 108.1 52.8
170CDS VFD
60
117.1
1.4
7.4
26.6
4.2
216.8
4.4
13.7
49.2
13.2
390.2
12.4
24.6
88.6
37.0
190CDS VFD
60
132.0
1.7
8.3
30.0
5.0
244.4
5.3
15.4
55.5
15.8
439.9
15.3
27.8
99.9
45.8
Maximum
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
DP
m3/h kpa
596.1 26.2 37.6 135.4 78.3
NOTE: If variable flow minimum is used, the controller setpoint must be changed to reflect same.
Pressure Drop Data
30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
Fixed Flow System Only
Minimum Flow Rate 18F Delta
(Unit 100% Load)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
Maximum
m3/h
DP
kpa
174CDH
50
125.4
1.2
7.9
28.5
3.4
232.2
3.1
14.7
52.7
9.4
418.0
8.8
26.4
94.9
26.4
204CDH
50
141.6
1.4
8.9
32.2
4.1
262.3
4.0
16.5
59.6
11.9
472.1
11.1
29.8
107.2
33.2
210CDS
60
144.9
1.4
9.1
32.9
4.2
268.4
4.0
16.9
61.0
11.9
483.1
11.7
30.5
109.7
34.9
210CDH
60
148.1
1.5
9.3
33.6
4.4
274.3
4.3
17.3
62.3
12.8
493.7
12.2
31.1
112.1
36.6
224CDH
50
156.5
1.6
9.9
35.5
4.7
289.8
4.6
18.3
65.8
13.6
521.6
13.4
32.9
118.5
40.0
224CDS
50
157.0
1.6
9.9
35.7
4.7
290.7
4.6
18.3
66.0
13.6
523.3
13.4
33.0
118.9
40.0
210CDH VFD
60
147.7
1.4
9.3
33.6
4.2
273.6
4.3
17.3
62.1
12.8
492.5
12.2
31.1
111.9
36.6
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
745.0
25.3
47.0
m3/h
DP
kpa
169.2 75.7
Pressure Drop Data
30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
(Unit 100% Load)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
Maximum
m3/h
DP
kpa
225CDS
60
155.7
1.7
9.8
35.4
5.1
288.4
5.1
18.2
65.5
15.3
519.1
14.5 32.8
117.9
43.4
230CDH
60
162.1
1.8
10.2
36.8
5.4
300.3
5.4
18.9
68.2
16.2
540.5
15.6 34.1
122.8
46.8
234CDS
50
169.7
2.0
10.7
38.5
5.9
314.3
6.0
19.8
71.4
17.9
565.7
16.8 35.7
128.5
50.2
250CDH
60
173.2
2.0
10.9
39.3
6.1
320.8
6.3
20.2
72.9
18.7
577.4
17.4 36.4
131.2
51.9
200CDS VFD
60
140.5
1.4
8.9
31.9
4.2
260.1
4.3
16.4
59.1
12.8
468.2
11.9
29.5
106.3
35.7
230CDH VFD
60
161.9
1.7
10.2
36.8
5.0
299.7
5.4
18.9
68.1
16.2
539.5
15.6 34.0
122.5
46.8
250CDH VFD
60
172.8
1.8
10.9
39.2
5.4
320.0
6.3
20.2
72.7
18.7
576.0
17.4 36.3
130.8
51.9
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
745.0
28.2
47.0
169.2
84.2
Pressure Drop Data
40
30
PD
(ft) 20
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
(Unit 100% Load)
Maximum
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
250CDS
60
169.8
1.3
10.7
38.6
3.9
314.4
4.1
19.8
71.4
12.3
565.9
12.1
35.7
128.5
36.2
260CDS
60
180.4
1.5
11.4
41.0
4.5
334.0
4.7
21.1
75.9
13.9
601.2
13.4
37.9
136.5
40.0
GPM
DP
ft.
999.5 33.8
l/s
63.1
m3/h DP kpa
227.0
100.9
Pressure Drop Data
30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
1000
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
(Unit 100% Load)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
244CDH
50
176.9
1.6
11.2
40.2
4.8
327.6
4.9
20.7
74.4
14.8
589.6 13.7 37.2
133.9
41.0
264CDH
50
190.8
1.9
12.0
43.3
5.6
353.3
5.5
22.3
80.2
16.4
635.9 15.6 40.1
144.4
46.7
264CDS
50
191.0
1.9
12.0
43.4
5.7
353.7
5.5
22.3
80.3
16.4
636.6 15.6 40.2
144.6
46.7
280CDH
60
195.8
2.0
12.4
44.5
5.9
362.5
6.0
22.9
82.3
18.0
652.6 16.5 41.2
148.2
49.2
284CDS
50
204.7
2.2
12.9
46.5
6.5
379.1
6.3
23.9
86.1
18.9
682.4 17.8 43.1
155.0
53.3
300CDH
60
207.9
2.2
13.1
47.2
6.7
384.9
6.6
24.3
87.4
19.7
692.9 18.4 43.7
157.4
54.9
294CDH
50
211.3
2.3
13.3
48.0
6.9
391.3
6.6
24.7
88.9
19.7
704.3 18.9 44.4
160.0
56.6
280CDH VFD
60
194.8
1.9
12.3
44.3
5.7
360.8
5.8
22.8
81.9
17.2
649.4 16.5 41.0
147.5
49.2
300CDH VFD
60
207.1
2.0
13.1
47.0
6.0
383.6
6.6
24.2
87.1
19.7
690.5 18.4 43.6
156.8
54.9
Maximum
GPM
DP
ft.
876.2 28.0
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
55.3
199.0
83.6
Pressure Drop Data
30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
(Unit 100% Load)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
10.9
679.0
290CDS
60
203.7
1.0
12.9
46.3
3.0
377.2
3.6
23.8
85.7
Maximum
m3/h
DP
kpa
10.2 42.8
154.2
30.4
l/s
GPM
DP
ft.
310CDS
60
216.3
1.2
13.6
49.1
3.5
400.5
3.9
25.3
91.0
11.7
721.0
11.2
45.5
163.7
33.5
314CDH
50
225.5
1.3
14.2
51.2
4.0
417.6
4.2
26.3
94.9
12.5
751.7
12.0 47.4
170.7
35.9 1171.2 26.6
314CDS
50
226.2
1.3
14.3
51.4
4.0
419.0
4.2
26.4
95.2
12.5
754.2
12.0 47.6
171.3
35.9
334CDS
50
242.5
1.6
15.3
55.1
4.7
449.1
5.0
28.3 102.0
14.8
808.4
13.8 51.0
183.6
41.3
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
73.9 266.0 79.6
Pressure Drop Data
40
30
PD
(ft)
20
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
330CDH
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
60
235.7
1.8
14.9
53.5
(Unit 100% Load)
DP GPM
m3/h kpa
DP
ft.
Maximum
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
5.5 436.4 5.2
27.5
99.1
15.6
785.5
14.9
49.6
178.4
44.5
350CDS
60
245.2
2.0
15.5
55.7
5.9 454.1 5.7
28.7 103.1 17.2
817.4
15.9
51.6
185.7
47.6
344CDH
50
249.1
2.0
15.7
56.6
6.0 461.3 5.7
29.1 104.8 17.2
830.4
16.4
52.4
188.6
49.1
350CDH
60
250.6
2.0
15.8
56.9
6.1 464.1 6.0
29.3 105.4 17.9
835.4
16.7
52.7
189.7
49.9
375CDS
60
260.2
2.2
16.4
59.1
6.5 481.9 6.3
30.4 109.4 18.7
867.4
17.7
54.7
197.0
53.0
374CDH
50
270.6
2.3
17.1
61.5
6.9 501.1 6.8
31.6 113.8 20.3
902.0
19.0
56.9
204.9
56.9
390CDH
60
272.7
2.3
17.2
61.9
6.9 504.9 6.8
31.9 114.7 20.3
908.9
19.3
57.3
206.4
57.7
410CDH
60
295.1
2.6
18.6
67.0
7.8 546.4 7.8
34.5 124.1 23.4
983.5
22.2
62.1
223.4
66.3
330CDH VFD
60
234.9
1.8
14.8
53.4
5.4 435.1 5.2
27.4
15.6
783.1
14.9
49.4
177.9
44.5
350CDH VFD
60
249.9
1.9
15.8
56.8
5.7 462.8 5.8
29.2 105.1 17.2
833.0
16.4
52.6
189.2
49.1
390CDH VFD
60
272.0
2.1
17.2
61.8
6.2 503.7 6.8
31.8 114.4 20.3
906.7
19.3
57.2
205.9
57.7
410CDH VFD
60
294.3
2.3
18.6
66.8
6.7 544.9 7.8
34.4 123.8 23.4
980.9
22.2
61.9
222.8
66.3
98.8
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
1171.2
30.5
73.9
266.0
91.3
Pressure Drop Data
40
30
PD
(ft)
20
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
Flow Rate (gpm)
(Unit Unloaded)
(Unit 100% Load)
Maximum
Model
Hz
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
374CTS
50
267.0
1.6
16.8
60.6
4.7
494.4
5.2
31.2
112.3
15.4
889.9
14.9
56.1
202.1
44.6
394CTS
50
280.9
1.8
17.7
63.8
5.4
520.1
5.7
32.8
118.1
17.0
936.3
16.3
59.1
212.6
48.6
400CTS
60
286.8
1.9
18.1
65.1
5.6
531.1
6.0
33.5
120.6
17.8
955.9
16.8
60.3
217.1
50.2
404CTH
50
292.0
2.0
18.4
66.3
5.9
540.8
6.2
34.1
122.8
18.6
973.4
17.3
61.4
221.1
51.8
414CTS
50
298.8
2.1
18.9
67.9
6.2
553.3
6.5
34.9
125.7
19.4
996.0
18.2
62.8
226.2
54.3
425CTS
60
301.5
2.1
19.0
68.5
6.4
558.3
6.5
35.2
126.8
19.4 1004.9 18.4
63.4
228.2
55.1
434CTH
50
310.9
2.3
19.6
70.6
6.8
575.8
7.1
36.3
130.8
21.1 1036.4 19.2
65.4
235.4
57.5
434CTS
50
312.8
2.3
19.7
71.1
6.9
579.3
7.1
36.5
131.6
21.1 1042.8 19.5
65.8
236.8
58.3
450CTS
60
317.8
2.4
20.1
72.2
7.2
588.5
7.3
37.1
133.7
21.9 1059.4 20.3
66.8
240.6
60.8
450CTH
60
321.3
2.5
20.3
73.0
7.4
595.1
7.3
37.5
135.2
21.9 1071.1 20.6
67.6
243.3
61.6
454CTH
50
328.6
2.6
20.7
74.6
7.7
608.5
7.6
38.4
138.2
22.7 1095.4 21.4
69.1
248.8
64.0
464CTS
50
333.4
2.7
21.0
75.7
8.0
617.4
7.9
38.9
140.2
23.5
1111.2
21.9
70.1
252.4
65.6
494CTS
50
354.0
3.0
22.3
80.4
9.0
655.5
8.7
41.4
148.9
25.9
1179.9 24.4
74.4
268.0
72.9
450CTH VFD
60
320.5
2.4
20.2
72.8
7.2
593.6
7.3
37.5
134.8
21.9 1068.5 20.6
67.4
242.7
61.6
GPM
DP
ft.
1329.7 30.3
l/s
83.9
m3/h
DP
kpa
302.0 90.7
Pressure Drop Data
30
20
PD
(ft)
10
0
0
500
1000
1500
2000
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
(Unit 100% Load)
Maximum
DP
m3/h kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
470CTS
60
330.6
1.2
20.9
75.1
3.6
612.3
3.9
38.6
139.1
11.7
1102.1
11.0
69.5
250.3
32.9
475CTH
60
338.6
1.3
21.4
76.9
3.8
627.1
4.1
39.6
142.4 12.4
1128.7
11.5
71.2
256.4
34.3
484CTH
50
345.7
1.3
21.8
78.5
4.0
640.1
4.1
40.4
145.4 12.4
1152.2
11.7
72.7
261.7
35.0
500CTS
60
351.6
1.4
22.2
79.9
4.1
651.1
4.4
41.1
147.9 13.1
1171.9
12.2
73.9
266.2
36.5
500CTH
60
359.6
1.5
22.7
81.7
4.4
665.9
4.4
42.0
151.2 13.1
1198.6
12.7
75.6
272.2
38.0
504CTH
50
364.2
1.5
23.0
82.7
4.5
674.4
4.7
42.5
153.2 13.9
1213.8
12.9
76.6
275.7
38.7
514CTS
50
371.2
1.6
23.4
84.3
4.7
687.5
4.7
43.4
156.1 13.9
1237.5
13.4
78.1
281.1
40.2
525CTS
60
372.7
1.6
23.5
84.7
4.7
690.3
4.9
43.5
156.8 14.6
1242.5
13.4
78.4
282.2
40.2
530CTH
60
380.4
1.6
24.0
86.4
4.9
704.4
4.9
44.4
160.0 14.6
1267.9
13.9
80.0
288.0
41.6
524CTS
50
381.9
1.7
24.1
86.7
5.0
707.2
4.9
44.6
160.6 14.6
1273.0
13.9
80.3
289.1
41.6
534CTH
50
382.8
1.7
24.1
86.9
5.0
708.8
4.9
44.7
161.0 14.6
1275.9
14.2
80.5
289.8
42.3
544CTS
50
392.6
1.8
24.8
89.2
5.2
727.1
5.1
45.9
165.1 15.3
1308.8
14.7
82.6
297.3
43.8
550CTS
60
394.1
1.8
24.9
89.5
5.3
729.7
5.4
46.0
165.7 16.1
1313.5
14.9
82.9
298.3
44.5
554CTH
50
401.5
1.8
25.3
91.2
5.5
743.4
5.4
46.9
168.9 16.1
1338.2
15.4
84.4
303.9
46.0
554CTS
50
403.3
1.9
25.4
91.6
5.5
746.9
5.6
47.1
169.6 16.8
1344.3
15.4
84.8
305.3
46.0
574CTH
50
413.4
1.9
26.1
93.9
5.8
765.5
5.9
48.3
173.9 17.5
1377.9
16.1
86.9
313.0
48.2
584CTH
50
425.3
2.0
26.8
96.6
6.1
787.7
6.1
49.7
178.9 18.3
1417.8
16.9
89.4
322.0
50.4
604CTH
50
437.3
2.2
27.6
99.3
6.4
809.9
6.4
51.1
183.9 19.0
1457.7
17.8
92.0
331.1
53.3
475CTH VFD
60
336.7
1.2
21.2
76.5
3.6
623.6
3.9
39.3
141.6
11.7
1122.5
11.2
70.8
254.9
33.6
500CTH VFD
60
358.4
1.3
22.6
81.4
3.8
663.7
4.4
41.9
150.8 13.1
1194.7
12.7
75.4
271.4
38.0
530CTH VFD
60
377.6
1.3
23.8
85.8
4.0
699.3
4.9
44.1
158.8 14.6
1258.8
13.9
79.4
285.9
41.6
GPM
DP
ft.
1775.7
25.4
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
112.0 403.3 75.9
Pressure Drop Data
50
40
PD 30
(ft)
20
10
0
0
100
200
300
400
500
600
700
800
900
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
(Unit 100% Load)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
Maximum
DP
kpa
194CDP
50
136.8
1.2
8.6
31.1
3.4
253.3
4.6
16.0
57.5
13.8
455.9
12.9
28.8
103.5 38.7
214CDP
50
154.9
1.7
9.8
35.2
5.0
286.8
5.8
18.1
65.1
17.2
516.2
16.1
32.6
117.3 48.2
240CDP
60
167.6
2.0
10.6
38.1
6.1
310.4
6.6
19.6
70.5
19.8
558.7
18.7
35.2
126.9 55.9
265CDP
60
184.6
2.5
11.6
41.9
7.5
341.9
8.1
21.6
77.6
24.1
615.4
22.1
38.8
139.8 66.2
240CDP VFD
60
167.6
2.0
10.6
38.1
5.8
310.4
6.6
19.6
70.5
19.8
558.7
18.7
35.2
126.9 55.9
265CDP VFD
60
184.6
2.2
11.6
41.9
6.4
341.9
8.1
21.6
77.6
24.1
615.4
22.1
38.8
139.8 66.2
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
834.8 38.3 52.7
m3/h
DP
kpa
189.6 114.4
Pressure Drop Data
50
40
PD30
(ft)
20
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
(Unit 100% Load)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
Maximum
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
244CDP
50
173.8
1.4
11.0
39.5
4.0
321.8
5.1
20.3
73.1
15.3
579.3 14.5
36.5
131.6
43.2
264CDP
50
190.8
1.8
12.0
43.3
5.4
353.4
6.0
22.3
80.3
18.0
636.1 16.9
40.1
144.5
50.4
290CDP
60
199.8
2.0
12.6
45.4
6.1
370.0
6.6
23.3
84.0
19.8
666.0 18.4
42.0
151.3
54.9
284CDP
50
206.7
2.2
13.0
46.9
6.6
382.7
6.9
24.1
86.9
20.7
688.8 19.6
43.5
156.5
58.5
310CDP
60
218.8
2.5
13.8
49.7
7.5
405.2
7.8
25.6
92.0
23.4
729.4 21.7
46.0
165.7
64.8
314CDP
50
226.7
2.7
14.3
51.5
8.2
419.9
8.1
26.5
95.4
24.3
755.8 22.9
47.7
171.7
68.4
290CDP VFD
60
199.8
2.0
12.6
45.4
6.1
370.0
6.6
23.3
84.0
19.8
666.0 18.4
42.0
151.3
54.9
310CDP VFD
60
218.8
2.2
13.8
49.7
6.7
405.2
7.8
25.6
92.0
23.4
729.4 21.7
46.0
165.7
64.8
GPM
DP
ft.
1042.6 40.6
l/s
65.8
m3/h
DP
kpa
236.8 121.5
Pressure Drop Data
40
30
PD
(ft)
20
10
0
0
200
400
600
800
1000
1200
1400
1600
1800
Flow Rate (gpm)
Model
Hz
(Unit Unloaded)
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
(Unit 100% Load)
DP
m3/h kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
Maximum
m3/h
DP
kpa
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
330CDP
60
233.9
0.9
14.8 53.1 2.8
433.2
3.1
27.3
98.4
9.4
779.8
9.2
49.2
177.1
27.4
344CDP
50
245.3
1.1
15.5 55.7 3.2
454.2
3.4
28.7
103.2 10.1
817.6
9.9
51.6
185.7
29.5
365CDP
60
255.6
1.2
16.1 58.1 3.5
473.3
3.8
29.9
107.5
11.5
852.0
10.6
53.8
193.5
31.7
374CDP
50
266.5
1.3
16.8 60.5 3.8
493.4
4.1
31.1
112.1
12.2
888.2
11.3
56.0
201.7
33.8
400CDP
60
277.5
1.4
17.5 63.0 4.1
513.9
4.3
32.4
116.7
13.0
925.0
12.3
58.4
210.1
36.7
404CDP
50
287.7
1.5
18.2 65.3 4.5
532.8
4.6
33.6
121.0 13.7
959.1
13.0
60.5
217.8
38.9
424CDP
50
301.7
1.6
19.0 68.5 4.9
558.7
5.1
35.2
126.9 15.1 1005.6
14.2
63.4
228.4
42.5
434CDP
50
315.7
1.8
19.9 71.7 5.3
584.5
5.6
36.9
132.8 16.6 1052.2
15.4
66.4
239.0
46.1
330CDP VFD
60
233.9
0.9
14.8 53.1 2.7
433.2
3.1
27.3
98.4
9.4
779.8
9.2
49.2
177.1
27.4
365CDP VFD
60
255.6
1.0
16.1 58.1 2.9
473.3
3.8
29.9
107.5
11.5
852.0
10.6
53.8
193.5
31.7
400CDP VFD
60
277.5
1.1
17.5 63.0 3.2
513.9
4.3
32.4
116.7
13.0
925.0
12.3
58.4
210.1
36.7
GPM
DP
ft.
l/s
m3/h
DP
kpa
1585.0 31.8 100.0 360.0 95.0
Controller Operation
Software Version:
The unit software and BSP (Board Support Package) versions
can be viewed using the keypad/display. From the Main Menu,
turn the knob to the right until you reach the About Chiller menu
and press Enter (the knob). The software version is displayed
as “App Version =”. Scroll down in this menu (turn knob to the
right), the BSP version will also be displayed (“BSP Version=”).
This manual covers software revisions up to App Version
263214202. It must be used with firmware version 9.XX..
WARNING
Electric shock hazard: can cause personal injury or
equipment damage. This equipment must be properly
grounded. Connections to, and service of, the MicroTech® III
control panel must be performed only by personnel who are
knowledgeable in the operation of this equipment .
CAUTION
Static sensitive components. A static discharge while handling
electronic circuit boards can cause damage to the components.
Discharge any static electrical charge by touching the bare
metal inside the control panel before performing any service
work. Never unplug any cables, circuit board terminal blocks,
or power plugs while power is applied to the panel.
NOTICE
This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance
with this instruction manual, can cause interference to radio
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential
area can cause harmful interference, in which case the user
will be required to correct the interference at the user’s own
expense. Daikin disclaims any liability resulting from any
interference or for the correction thereof.
Controller Features
• Readout of the following temperature and pressure
readings:
—— Entering and leaving chilled water temperature
—— Saturated evaporator refrigerant temperature and
pressure
—— Saturated condenser temperature and pressure
—— Outside air temperature
—— Suction and discharge line temperatures with
calculated superheat for discharge and suction lines
—— Oil pressure
• Automatic control of primary and standby chilled water
pumps. The control will start one of the pumps (based
on lowest run-hours) when the unit is enabled to run (not
necessarily running on a call for cooling) and when the
water temperature reaches a point of freeze possibility.
• Two levels of security protection against unauthorized
changing of set points and other control parameters.
• Warning and fault diagnostics to inform operators of
warning and fault conditions in plain language. All events
and alarms are time and date-stamped for identification of
when the fault condition occurred.
• Twenty-five previous alarms are available.
• Remote input signals for chilled water reset, demand
limiting, and unit enable.
• Test mode allows the service technician to manually
control the controllers’ outputs and can be useful for
system checkout.
• Building Automation System (BAS) communication
capability via LonTalk®, Modbus®, or BACnet® standard
protocols for all BAS manufacturers-simplified with the
Daikin Open Choices™ feature.
• Pressure transducers for direct reading of system
pressures. Preemptive control of low evaporator
pressure conditions and high discharge temperature and
pressure to take corrective action prior to a fault trip.
General Description
The MicroTech® III control system consists of a controller and
a number of extension modules, which vary depending on the
unit size and conformation. The control system provides the
monitoring and functions required for the controlled, efficient
operation of the chiller.
The control panel is located on the front of the unit at the
compressor end. There are three doors. The control panel is
behind to left-hand door. The power panels are behind the
middle and right-hand doors.
The operator can monitor all critical operating conditions by
using the screen located on the main controller. In addition
to providing all normal operating controls, the MicroTech®
III control system will take corrective action if the chiller is
operating outside of its normal design conditions. If a fault
condition develops, the controller will shut a compressor, or the
entire unit, down and activate an alarm output.
The system is password protected and only allows access by
authorized personnel. Except that some basic information is
viewable and alarms can be cleared without a password. No
settings can be changed.
Additional information about the Daikin Pathfinder® Chiller is
available in the current product catalog, which can be found on
www.DaikinApplied.com.
NOTE: The Emergency Switch Relay de-energizes all
circuit’s control power when activated, causing an
immediate compressor and fan shutdown. The red
emergency button switch is located on the front of the
control panel door.
The control power transformer is located in the power
panel adjacent to the control panel.
Additional extension (aka expansion) modules are
located elsewhere on the chiller.
See the VFD section for a description of the panel
used with the VFD option.
Figure 70: Control Panel Components, Three-Circuit Unit, w/o VFD
Controller
Fuse
Emergency
Switch
Relay
Control
Circuit
Breaker
Unit On/Off
Switch
Circuit #1
Pumpdown
Switch
Alarm & Limit
Extension
Module
MicroTech III
Main
Controller
Optional
115V
Outlet
Cir #1 & #2
Fan Control
Extension
Module
Circuit #2
Pumpdown
Switch
NOTES:
1. The Emergency Switch Relay de-energizes circuit #1 and #2 control power when activated,
causing an immediate compressor and fan shut down. When ordered, the optional red emergency
button switch is located on the bottom front of the control panel door.
2. The control power transformer is located in the power panel adjacent to the control panel.
3. Additional extension (aka extension) modules are located elsewhere on the chiller.
Power Panel Layout
Power
Layout
ThePanel
power panel
is at the front of the unit, behind the two doors to the
right.
Controller
Operation
The power panel is at the front of the unit, behind the two doors to the right.
Figure 2, Power Panel, Left Side
Figure 2, Power
Panel,
Left
Side
Figure 71: Power Panel,
Two-Circuit
without
VFD,
Left
Side
Fan
Contactors, 1Units
per Fan
Circuit #1
Fan Contactors, 1 per Fan
Circuit #1
Cir# 1, Fan Circuit Breaker
Cir# 1, Fan Circuit Breaker
Phase/Voltage
Monitor
Phase/Voltage
Monitor
Fan Contactors
1 per Fan, Circuit #2
Fan Contactors
1 per Fan, Circuit #2
120/24V
Transformer
120/24V
Transformer
Line/120V
Transformer
Line/120V
Transformer
Figure 72: Power Panel, Two-Circuit Units without VFD, Right Side
Figure 3, Power Panel, Right Side
Figure 3, Power Panel, Right Side
Compressor #1
Circuit Breaker
Compressor #1
Circuit Breaker
Single Point Disconnect Switch
Single Point Disconnect Switch
Compressor #2
Circuit Breaker
Compressor #2
Circuit Breaker
OM 998
7
OM 998
7
Hardware Structure
The MicroTech® III control system for Pathfinder® chillers
consists of a main unit controller with a number of extension
input/output (I/O) modules attached depending on the chiller
size and configuration.
An optional Remote Operator Interface panel may be included,
connected with up to nine Pathfinder® units.
The MicroTech® III controllers used on Pathfinder® chillers are
not interchangeable with previous MicroTech® II controllers.
One of the optional BAS communication modules will be
included if ordered.
Figure 73: Main Unit Controller with Optional Control Options
System Architecture
The overall controls architecture uses the following:
• One MicroTech® III unit controller
• I/O extension modules (sometimes referred to as “controllers”) as needed depending on the configuration of the unit
• Up to three BAS interface modules as needed based on installed options
Figure 74: System Architecture
BAS Interface
(Bacnet, Lon,
Modbus)
BAS Interface
(Bacnet, Lon,
Modbus)
BAS Interface
(Bacnet, Lon,
Modbus)
MicroTech® III Main Controller
Peripheral Bus
I/O Extension
Alarm/Limiting
I/O Extension
Fans Circuit 1 & 2
I/O Extension
Fans Circuit 3a
I/O Extension
Fans Circuit 3b
I/O Extension
Compressor 2
I/O Extension
RapidRestore®
I/O Extension
Compressor 1
I/O Extension
EXV 1
I/O Extension
EXV 2
I/O Extension
Compressor 3
I/O Extension
EXV 3
MicroTech® III Inputs/Outputs
Expansion I/O Compressor #1 to #3
I/O for the unit control and for circuits one and two are found
on CP1. The chiller may be equipped with two or three
compressors.
Table 42: Analog Inputs
Table 38: Analog Inputs - Evaporator
#
Description
Signal Source
Expected Range
X1
Discharge
Temperature
NTC Thermister
(10K@25°C)
-50°C – 125°C
X2
Evaporator
Pressure
Ratiometric 0.5-4.5
Vdc
-100 kPa to 700 kPa
#
Description
Signal Source
Expected
Range
AI1
Evap Entering
Water Temp
NTC Thermister
(10K@25°C)
-50°C – 120°C
X3
Oil Pressure
Ratiometric 0.5-4.5
Vdc
0 kPa to 3000 kPa
AI2
Evap Leaving
Water Temp
NTC Thermister
(10K@25°C)
-50°C – 120°C
X4
Condenser
Pressure
Ratiometric 0.5-4.5
Vdc
0 kPa to 3000 kPa
X2
Outside Ambient
Temperature
NTC Thermister
(10K@25°C)
-50°C – 120°C
X4
LWT Reset
4-20 mA Current
1 to 23 mA
Table 39: Analog Outputs - Fan VFD
#
Description
Output Signal
Range
X5
Fan VFD #1
0-10VDC
0 to 100% (1000
steps resolution)
X6
Fan VFD #2
0-10VDC
0 to 100% (1000
steps resolution)
X7
Fan VFD #3
0-10VDC
0 to 100% (1000
steps resolution)
Table 40: Digital Inputs
#
Description
Signal Off
Signal On
DI1
Unit PVM
Fault
No Fault
DI2
Evaporator Flow Switch
No Flow
Flow
DI3
Double Set Point/ Mode
Switch
Cool mode
Ice mode
DI4
Remote Switch
Unit disable
Unit enable
DI5
Unit Switch
Unit disable
Unit enable
DI6
Emergency Stop
Unit off
Unit enable
Table 41: Digital Outputs
#
Description
Signal Off
Signal On
X6
Starter Fault
Fault
No fault
X7
Motor Protection
Fault
No fault
DI1
High Pressure Switch
Fault
No fault
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DO1
Start Compressor
Compressor Off
Compressor
On
DO2
Economizer
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
DO3
Non-modulating Slide
Load
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
DO4
Non-modulating Slide
Unload
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
DO5
Modulating Slide Load
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
DO6
Modulating Slide
Unload
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
X5
Modulating Slide
‘Turbo’
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
X8
Liquid Injection
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
I/O EXV Circuit #1 to #3
#
Description
Output OFF
Output ON
DO1
Evaporator Water Pump
Pump Off
Pump On
DO2
Unit Alarm
Alarm not
Active
Alarm Active
DO3
Circuit #1 Fan Output #1
Fan Off
Fan On
DO4
Fan Off
Fan On
DO5
Fan Off
Fan On
DO6
Fan Off
Fan On
DO7
Fan Off
Fan On
DO8
Fan Off
Fan On
#
Description
Signal Off
Signal On
DO9
Fan Off
Fan On
DI1
Low Pressure switch
Fault
No fault
DO10
Fan Off
Fan On
#
Description
Signal Source
Expected Range
X2
Suction
Temperature
NTC Thermister
10K@25°C)
-50°C – 120°C
X3
Slide Position
LVDT 4 to 20 mA
0% to 100%
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DO1
Liquid Line
Solenoid Closed
Solenoid Open
Extension I/O Unit Alarm & Limiting
Module
Table 48: Stepper Motor Output
#
M1+
M1M2+
M2-
Description
EXV Stepper Coil 1
This module includes inputs and outputs used for the entire
unit and all circuits.
EXV Stepper Coil 2
Extension I/O Fan Module Circuit #1 & 2
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DI1
PVM/GFP Circuit #1
Fault
No fault
DI2
PVM/GFP Circuit #2
Fault
No fault
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DO1
Circuit #1 Fan Step #5
Fan Off
Fan On
DO2
Fan Off
Fan On
DO3
Fan Off
Fan On
DO4
Fan Off
Fan On
#
Description
Signal Source
Range
X3
Demand Limit
4-20 mA
1 to 23 mA
X4
Unit Current
4-20 mA
1 to 23 mA
#
Description
Signal Off
Signal On
X1
External Alarm/
Event
External Device
Failure
External Device
OK
X2
Current Limit
Enable
No Limiting
Limiting
X5
Circuit Switch #1
Circuit Off
Circuit On
X6
Circuit Switch #2
Circuit Off
Circuit On
X7
Circuit Switch #3
Circuit Off
Circuit On
Extension I/O Fan Module Circuit #3a
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DO1
Evaporator Water Pump #2
Pump Off
Pump On
DO3
Circuit #1 Alarm
No Alarm
Alarm
DO4
Circuit #2 Alarm
No Alarm
Alarm
DO5
Circuit #3 Alarm
No Alarm
Alarm
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DI1
PVM/GFP Circuit #3
Fault
No fault
Extension I/O RapidRestore® Module
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DO1
Fan Off
Fan On
DO2
Fan Off
Fan On
DO3
Fan Off
Fan On
DO4
Fan Off
Fan On
#
Description
Signal Off
Signal On
DI1
RapidRestore
Unlock
Lock Out Option
Unlock Option
DI2
Backup Chiller
Normal Chiller
Backup Chiller
Extension I/O Fan Module Circuit #3b
#
Description
Output Off
Output On
DO1
Fan Off
Fan On
DO2
Fan Off
Fan On
Set Points
The following parameters are remembered during power off (permanent memory), are factory set to the Default value, and can be
adjusted to any value in the Range column. Read and write access to these set point is determined by the Global HMI (Human
Machine Interface) Standard Specification.
Unit Level Set Points
All of these settings require the unit switch to be off in order to make a change and require rebooting the controller in orer to apply
a change. The set point Slide Position Sensors will not be visible when Starter Type is set to VFD. The set point Input Voltage will
not be visible unless starter Type is set to VFD.
Table 58: Set Point Default and Range
Description
Default
Range
Starter Type
Wye-Delta
Wye-Delta, Benshaw-Schneider (Solid State), VFD
Input Voltage
Not Set
Not Set, 230, 380, 400, 460, 575
Power Connection Configuration
Single Point
Single Point, Multi Point
Liquid Line Solenoid Valves
No
No, Yes
PVM/GFP Enable
Yes
No, Yes
Condenser Fan VFD
Enable
Disable, Enable
Slide Position Sensors
Yes
No, Yes
Unit Enable
Enable
Disable, Enable
Unit Enable Initial Value
Enable
Disable, Enable
Control source
Local
Local, Network
Available Modes
Cool
Cool, Cool w/Glycol, Cool/Ice w/Glycol, Ice, Test
Cool LWT 1
7.0°C (44.6°F)
See Dynamic Set Point Ranges section
Cool LWT 2
7.0°C (44.6°F)
Ice LWT
-4.0°C (24.8°F)
-8.0°C to 4.0°C (17.6°F to 39.2°F)
Startup Delta T
2.7 °C (4.9 °F)
0 to 5.0 °C (0 to 9.0 °F)
Shut Down Delta T
0.7 °C (1.3 °F)
0 to 1.7 °C (0 to 3.1 °F)
Stage Up Delta T
0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
0 to 1.7 °C (0 to 3.1 °F)
Stage Down Delta T
0.5 °C (0.9 °F)
0 to 1.7 °C (0 to 3.1 °F)
Stage Down Delay
5 min
0 to 60 min
Stage Down Clear
3 min
3 to 30 min
Max Pulldown Rate
1.7 deg C/min (3.1 deg F/min)
0.3 to 2.7 deg C/min (0.5 to 4.9 deg F/min)
Full Capacity Evap Delta T 2 Cir
5.6 deg C (10.1 deg F)
3.3 to 8.9 deg C (5.9 to 16.0 deg F)
Full Capacity Evap Delta T 3 Cir
5.6 deg C (10.1 deg F)
3.3 to 10 deg C (5.9 to 18.0 deg F)
Variable Evap Flow
No
No, Yes
Light Load Stage Down
40%
20 to 50%
High Load Stage Up
80%
50 to 100%
Max Number of Circuits Running
3
1-3
Sequence Number Circuit 1-3
1
1-3
Ice Time Delay
12
1-23 hours
Clear Ice Delay
No
No, Yes
RapidRestore
Disable
Disable, Enable
RapidRestore Max Power Off Time
15 Seconds
15 to 180 seconds
Basic Unit Configuration
Unit Mode and Enabling
Staging and Capacity Control
Table 59: Set Point Default and Range (continued)
Description
Default
Range
Evap Pump Control Configuration
#1 Only
#1 Only, #2 Only, Auto, #1 Primary, #2 Primary
Evap Recirc Timer
90 sec
0 to 300 seconds
Evap Pump 1 Run Hours
0
0 to 999999 hours
Evap Pump 2 Run Hours
0
0 to 999999 hours
LWT Reset Type
None
None, 4-20mA, OAT
Max Reset
5.0 deg C (9.0 deg F)
0 to 10.0 deg C (0 to 18.0 deg F)
Start Reset Delta T
5.0 deg C (9.0 deg F)
0 to 10.0 deg C (0 to 18.0 deg F)
Max Reset OAT
15.5°C (59.9°F)
10.0°C to 29.4°C (50°F to 85.0 °F)
Start Reset OAT
23.8°C (74.8°F)
10.0°C to 29.4°C (50°F to 85.0 °F)
Soft Load Enable
Off
Off, On
Soft Load Start Capacity
40%
20-100%
Soft Load Ramp
20 min
1-60 minutes
Demand Limit Enable
Off
Off, On
Current @ 20mA
800 A
0 to 2000 A
Current Limit Set point
800 A
0 to 2000 A
Amp Rating
Reduced
Reduced, Standard
Quiet Mode
Disabled
Disabled, Enabled
Quiet Mode Start Hour
21:00
18:00 – 23:00
Quiet Mode Start Minute
0:00
0:00 – 0:59
Quiet Mode End Hour
6:00
5:00 – 9:00
Quiet Mode End Minute
0:00
0:00 – 0:59
Quiet Mode Condenser Offset
5.0 deg C (9.0 deg F)
0 to 14.0 deg C (0 to 25.2 deg F)
Evap LWT Sensor Offset
0 deg C (0 deg F)
-5.0 to 5.0 deg C (-9.0 to 9.0 deg F)
Evap EWT Sensor Offset
0 deg C (0 deg F)
-5.0 to 5.0 deg C (-9.0 to 9.0 deg F)
OAT Sensor Offset
0 deg C (0 deg F)
-5.0 to 5.0 deg C (-9.0 to 9.0 deg F)
Pumpdown Pressure
100 kPa (14.5 psi)
70 to 280 kPa (10.2 to 40.6 psi)
Pumpdown Time Limit
120 sec
0 to 180 sec
Liquid Injection Activation
85.0°C (185.0°F)
80.0°C to 100.0°C (176.0°C to 212.0°F)
Start-Start Time Delay
20 min
15-60 minutes
Stop-Start Time Delay
5 min
3-20 minutes
Compressor VFD Max Frequency - without
economizer
52 Hz
40 to 52 Hz
Compressor VFD Max Frequency - with
economizer
60 Hz
40 to 60 Hz
Compressor VFD Modbus Baud Rate
19200
4800, 9600, 19200, 38400
Compressor VFD Modbus Parity
None
Even, Odd, None
Compressor VFD Modbus Two Stop Bits
No
No, Yes
Compressor Starter Modbus Baud Rate
19200
4800, 9600, 19200
Compressor Starter Modbus Parity
Even
Even, Odd, None
Compressor Starter Modbus Two Stop Bits
No
No, Yes
Evaporator Pump Control
Power Conservation and Limits
Quiet Mode Configuration
Unit Sensor Offsets
Circuit Configuration - Applied to All Circuits
Table 60: Set Point Default and Range (continued)
Description
Default
Range
Evap. Water Freeze
2.2°C (36.0°F)
Evaporator Flow Proof
15 sec
5 to 15 sec
Recirculate Timeout
3 min
1 to 10 min
External Fault Configuration
Event
Event, Alarm
Low OAT Lockout
12.0°C (53.6°F)
Low OAT Lockout BAS Alert
Off
Off, On
Low Pressure-Unload
160 kPa (23.2 psi)
Low Pressure-Hold
180 kPa (26.1 psi)
High Oil Press Differential Delay
30 sec
10-180 sec
High Oil Press Differential
250 kPa (36.3 psi)
0 to 415 kPa (0 to 60.2 psi)
High Discharge Temperature
110.0°C (230.0°F)
65.0 to 110.0 °C (149.0 to 230.0°F)
Low discharge superheat
12°C (21.6°F)
10.0-15.0°C (18-27°F)
High Cond Pressure Delay
5 sec
0 to 30 sec
Low Pressure Ratio Delay
90 sec
0 to 180 sec
Start Time Limit
60 sec
20 to 180 sec
Low DSH Limit
12.0°C (53.6°F)
10°C to 15.0°C (50°F to 59.0°F)
Alarm and Limit Settings - Unit
Alarm and Limit Settings - Circuits
Dynamic Set Point Ranges
The following settings have different ranges of adjustment
based on other settings.
Table 61: Cool LWT 1 and Cool LWT2 Set Point Ranges
Available Mode Selection
Unit Vintage/Amp Rating
Range
Without Glycol
C vintage/reduced amp rating
4 to 15.56°C (39.2 to 60°F)
With Glycol
C vintage/reduced amp rating
-4 to 15.56°C (24.8 to 60°F)
Without Glycol
C vintage/standard amp rating
4 to 21.12°C (39.2 to 70°F)
With Glycol
C vintage/standard amp rating
-4 to 15.56°C (24.8 to 70°F)
Table 62: Evaporator Water Freeze
Range
Without Glycol
1.1 to 6°C (34 to 42.8°F)
With Glycol
-18 to 6°C (-0.4 to 42.8°F)
Table 63: Low Ambient Lockout
Fan VFD
Range
= no for all circuits
2 to 15°C (35.6 to 59°F)
= yes on any circuit
-23 to 15°C (-9.4 to 59°F)
Table 64: Low Evaporator Pressure
Range
Hold - Without Glycol
170 to 310 kPa (24.7 to 45 PSI)
Hold - With Glycol
0 to 310 kPA (0 to 45 PSI)
Unhold - Without Glycol
150 to 310 kPa (21.8 to 45 PSI)
Unhold - With Glycol
0 to 310 kPA (0 to 45 PSI)
Table 65: Design Conditions
Description
Default
Range
Design Evaporator EWT
0°C (32°F)
-64°C to 64°C (-83.2°F to 147.2°F)
Design Evaporator LWT
0°C (32°F)
-64°C to 64°C (-83.2°F to 147.2°F)
Design Evaporator Water Flow
0 lph
0 to 600000 lph
Design Evaporator Approach Circuit 1/2/3
0°C (32°F)
-64°C to 64°C (-115.2°F to 115.2°F)
Design Ambient Temperature
0°C (32°F)
-64°C to 64°C (-115.2°F to 115.2°F)
Design Condenser Approach Circuit
1 0°C (32°F)
-64°C to 64°C (-115.2°F to 115.2°F)
Design Full Load Efficiency
0%
0 to 100%
Design IPLV
0
-64 to 64
Design Rated Capacity
0 tons
0 to 10000 tons
Table 66: Administration and Service Support
Description
Default
Range
Unit G.O. Number
“Enter Data”
Alphanumeric string of up to 16 characters
Unit Serial Number
“Enter Data”
Next Maintenance Month
January
January through December
Next Maintenance Year
2009
2009 - 2100
Service Support Reference
999-999-9999
Any 10 digit phone number
Controller Time
From Controller
Timeclock
00:00:00 to 23:59:59
Controller Date
From Controller
Timeclock
1/1/2000 to 12/31/2050
UTC Difference
-60 minutes
-3276 to 32767 minutes
Daylight Savings Time Enable
Yes
No, Yes
Daylight Savings Time Start Month
March
Daylight Savings Time Start Week
2nd Week
1st through 5th Week
Daylight Savings Time End Month
November
Daylight Savings Time End Week
1st Week
1st through 5th Week
Operator Password Disable
Off
Off, On
Apply Changes
No
No, Yes
Active Alarm Clear
Off
Off, On
Alarm Log Clear
No
No, Yes
Power Restore Event Log - Day Selection
Current
Current, 2nd Day, 3rd Day, 4th Day, 5th Day, 6th Day, 7th Day
Display Units
English
English, Metric
Table 67: Unit Test Mode Set Points
Description
Default
Range
Test Unit Alarm Output
Off
Off, On
Test Circuit 1 Alarm Output
Off
Off, On
Off
Off, On
Off
Off, On
Test Evaporator Pump Output 1
Off
Off, On
Test Evaporator Pump Output 2
Off
Off, On
NOTE: Unit test mode set points can be changed only when the unit mode is Test. When the unit mode is no longer Test, all unit
test mode set points will be changed back to the ‘off’ values.
Table 68: Commincation Configuration
Description
Default
Range
Controller IP DHCP
On
Off, On
Controller IP Network Address
192.168.001.042
000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Controller IP Network Mask
255.255.255.000
000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Controller IP Network Gateway
192.168.001.001
000.000.000.000 to 255.255.255.255
Lon Module Maximum Send Time
0 seconds
0 to 6553.4 seconds
Lon Module Minimum Send Time
0 seconds
0 to 6553.4 seconds
Lon Module Receive Heartbeat
0 seconds
0 to 6553.4 seconds
BACnet Module Name
Alphanumeric string up to 15 characters long
BACnet Module Dev Instance
0
0 to 4194302
BACnet Module Unit Support
English
Metric, English
BACnet Module NC Dev 1
0
0 to 42949672
BACnet Module NC Dev 2
0
0 to 42949672
BACnet Module Reset Out of Service
Done
Done, False, True
BACnet IP Module UDP Port
0
0 to 65535
BACnet IP Module DHCP
Off
Off, On
BACnet IP Module Network Address
000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
BACnet IP Module Network Mask
000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
BACnet IP Module Network Gateway
000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
BACnet MSTP Module Address
0
0 to 127
BACnet MSTP Module Baud Rate
38400
9600, 19200, 38400, 76800
BACnet MSTP Module Max Master
0
0 to 127
BACnet MSTP Module Max Info Frm
0
0 to 255
Modbus Module Address
1
1 to 247
Modbus Module Baud Rate
19200
4800, 9600, 19200, 38400
Modbus Module Parity
Even
Even, Odd, None
Modbus Module Two Stop Bits
No
No, Yes
Modbus Module Response Delay
0 milliseconds
0 to 30000 milliseconds
Modbus Module Comm LED Time Out
0 seconds
0 to 3600 seconds
AWM DHCP
Off
Off, On
AWM Network Address
000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
AWM Network Mask
000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
AWM Network Gateway
000.000.000.000 to 999.999.999.999
Table 69: BAS Control Inputs
Description
Default
Range
Network Unit Enable
Disable
Disable, Enable
Network Mode Command
Cool
Cool, Ice
Network Cool Set Point
7°C (44.6°F)
See Dymanic Set Point (Table 61)
Network Ice Set Point
-4°C (24.8°F)
-8 to 4 °C (17.6 to 39.2 °F)
Network Capacity Limit
100%
0% to 100%
Network Quite Mode Command
Auto
Auto, Quiet Mode On
Network Alarm ClearCommand
Normal
Normal, ClearAlarm
Circuit Level Set Points
The settings in this section all exist for each individual circuit.
Table 70: Set Points for Individual Circuits
Description
Default
Range
Circuit mode
Enable
Disable, enable, test
Capacity Control
Auto
Auto, Manual
Manual Capacity
See Note 1
0 to 100%
Economizer Enable Capacity (2)
40%
40 to 75%
Saturated Condenser Temp Target Min
32.0°C (89.6°F)
20.0°C to 50.0°C (68.0°F to 122.0°F)
Saturated Condenser Temp Target Max
43.0°C (109.4°F)
32.0°C to 50.0°C (89.6°F to 122.0°F)
Fan Stage 0 On Deadband
See Fan Staging VFD Set Points
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan Stage 5 to 12 On Deadband
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan Stage 1 Off Deadband
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan Stage 6 to 12 Off Deadband
1.0 to 10.0 °C (1.8 to 18 °F)
Fan VFD Max Speed (3)
100%
90 to 110%
Fan VFD Min Speed (3)
25%
20 to 60%
Evap pressure Sensor offset
0 kPa (0 psi)
-100 to 100 kPa (-14.5 to 14.5 psi)
Cond pressure Sensor offset
0 kPa (0 psi)
-100 to 100 kPa (-14.5 to 14.5 psi)
Oil pressure Sensor Offset
0 kPa (0 psi)
-100 to 100 kPa (-14.5 to 14.5 psi)
Suction temp Sensor Offset
0 °C (0 °F)
-5.0 to 5.0 °C (-9.0 to 9.0 °F)
Discharge temp offset
0 °C (0 °F)
-5.0 to 5.0 °C (-9.0 to 9.0 °F)
Slide position sensor mA @ minimum
4 mA
0 to 22 mA
Slide position sensor mA @ maximum
20 mA
0 to 22 mA
Clear Cycle Timers
No
No, Yes
Service Pumpdown
No
No, Yes
Compressor Run Hours
0
0 to 999999 hours
Compressor Starts
0
0 to 65535
Starter Model Number
“Enter Data”
Starter Serial Number
“Enter Data”
Event Log - Event Selection
Low Pressure Hold
Low Pressure Hold, Low Pressure Unload, High Pressure
Hold, High Pressure Unload, High Motor Amps Hold, High
Motor Amps Unload, Part Load Shutdown
Event Log - Day Selection
Current
Current, 2nd Day, 3rd Day, 4th Day, 5th Day, 6th Day, 7th Day
Mode, Enabling, Configuration
Condenser Control
Sensor Offsets
Administrative and Service Support
NOTE: 1. The manual capacity setting value will follow the target capacity while Capacity Control = Auto.
2. Economizer Enable Capacity will only be visible when unit is configured with compressor VFDs.
3. VFD minimum and maximum speed will only be visible if the unit is configured with condenser fan VFDs.
Circuit Test Mode Set Points
Circuit test mode set points can be changed when either the unit mode is Test, or the circuit mode is Test. When neither the unit nor
the circuit are in Test mode, all the circuit test mode set points for the circuit are automatically changed back to their ‘off’ values.
Description
Default
Range
Test Compressor Load Solenoid 1 Output
Off
Off, On
Test Compressor Load Solenoid 2 Output
Off
Off, On
Test Compressor Unload Solenoid 1 Output
Off
Off, On
Test Compressor Unload Solenoid 2 Output
Off
Off, On
Test Compressor Slide Assist Output
Off
Off, On
Test Liquid Line Solenoid Output
Off
Off, On
Test Liquid Injection Solenoid Output
Off
Off, On
Test Economizer Solenoid Output
Off
Off, On
Test EXV Position
0%
0 to 100%
Test Condenser Fan Output 1
Off
Off, On
Off
Off, On
Off
Off, On
Off
Off, On
Off
Off, On
Off
Off, On
Test Condenser Fan VFD Speed
0%
0 to 100%
Note the following regarding visibility of some of the above set points:
• Test set points for the compressor load and unload outputs will only be visible if unit is configured without compressor VFD’s.
• Test set point for the Liquid Line output will only be visible if unit is configured with liquid line solenoid valves.
• Test set point for the economizer output will only be visible if unit is configured with economizers.
• Test set point for condenser fan VFD speed will only be visible if unit is configured with fan VFD’s.
• Test set points for condenser fan outputs will be visible only if needed for the unit configuration.
Dynamic Default Values
The fan staging dead bands have different default values based on the VFD enable set point. When the VFD enable set point is
changed, a set of default values for the fan staging dead bands is loaded as follows:
Table 71: Fan Staging VFD Set Points
Fan VFD is Enabled
Fan VFD is Disabled
Set point
Default loaded (°F)
Set point
Default loaded (°F)
Stage 0 Up Deadband
2.5 °C (4.5 °F)
Stage 0 Up Deadband
4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
Stage 1 Up Deadband
2.5 °C (4.5 °F)
Stage 1 Up Deadband
5.0 °C (9.0 °F)
Stage 2 Up Deadband
4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
Stage 2 Up Deadband
5.5 °C (9.9 °F)
Stage 3 Up Deadband
5.0 °C (9.0 °F)
Stage 3 Up Deadband
6 °C (10.8 °F)
Stage 4 Up Deadband
4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
Stage 4 Up Deadband
6.6 °C (11.7 °F)
Stage 5 Up Deadband
4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
Stage 5 Up Deadband
6.6 °C (11.7 °F)
Stage 2 Down Deadband
4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
10 °C (18 °F)
3.5 °C (6.3 °F)
8 °C (14.4 °F)
3.0 °C (5.4 °F)
5.5 °C (9.9 °F)
2.5 °C (4.5 °F)
4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
2.5 °C (4.5 °F)
4.0 °C (7.2 °F)
Sequence of Operation
Figure 75: Unit Sequence of Operation - Cool Mode
Unit power up
Unit in Off state
No
Is unit enabled?
Yes
Yes
The chiller may be disabled via the unit switch, the remote switch, the keypad
enable setting, or the BAS network. In addition, the chiller will be disabled if all
circuits are disabled, or if there is a unit alarm. If the chiller is disabled, the unit
status display will reflect this and also show why it is disabled.
If the unit switch is off, the unit status will be Off:Unit Switch. If the chiller is
disabled due to network command, the unit status will be Off:BAS Disable. When
the remote switch is open, the unit status will be Off:Remote Switch. When a unit
alarm is active, the unit status will be Off:Unit Alarm. In cases where no circuits
are enabled, the unit status will be Off:All Cir Disabled. If the unit is disabled via
the Chiller Enable set point, the unit status will be Off:Keypad Disable.
Low ambient lockout will prevent the chiller from starting even if it is otherwise
enabled. When this lockout is disabling the chiller, the unit status will be Off:Low
OAT Lock.
Is low ambient lockout
active?
No
If the chiller is enabled, then the unit will be in the Auto state and the evaporator
water pump output will be activated.
Evaporator pump output on
No
Is flow present?
The chiller will then wait for the flow switch to close, during which time the unit
status will be Auto:Wait for flow.
Yes
Wait for chilled water loop to
recirculate
After establishing flow, the chiller will wait some time to allow the chilled water
loop to recirculate for an accurate reading of the leaving water temperature.
The unit status during this time is Auto:Evap Recirc.
Figure 70: Unit Sequence of Operation - Cool Mode (continued)
Keep pump output on while
chiller is enabled and either
running or ready to run.
No
Is there enough load to
start chiller?
The chiller is now ready to start if enough load is present. If the LWT is not higher
than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit status will be Auto:Wait
for load.
If the LWT is higher than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit
status will be Auto. A circuit can start at this time.
Yes
The first circuit to start is generally the available circuit with the least number of
starts. This circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point.
Start first circuit.
The first circuit will be loaded and unloaded as needed in an attempt to satisfy the
load by controlling LWT to the Active Setpoint.
Load/unload as needed to
satisfy load.
No
Additional circuit
needed to satisfy load?
No
If a single circuit is not enough to satisfy the load, additional circuits will need to be
started. An additional circuit will be started when all running compressors are
loaded to a specific capacity and the LWT is higher than the Active Setpoint plus
the Stage Up Delta T.
Yes
Has the stage up time
delay expired?
Yes
Start next circuit.
A minimum time must pass between the starting of circuits.
The second circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point.
Note that a third circuit can be started if available. The two preceding conditions
must again be satisfied after starting the second circuit before starting the third
circuit.
Figure 70: Unit Sequence of Operation - Cool Mode (continued)
All running circuits will now be loaded/unloaded as needed to satisfy the load.
When possible, they will load balance so that running circuits are providing nearly
equal capacity.
satisfy load.
No
Can less circuits handle
the load?
No
As the load drops off, the circuits will unload accordingly. If the LWT drops below
the Active Setpoint minus the Stage Down Delta T, one circuit will shut off. If all
running circuits are unloaded below a minimum value, this can also result in one
circuit shutting off.
Yes
Has the stage down
time delay expired?
A minimum time must pass between the shutting down of circuits.
Yes
The next circuit to shut off is generally the one with the most run hours.
Shut down one circuit.
The remaining running circuit(s) will be loaded/unloaded as needed to satisfy the
load.
satisfy load.
No
Is load satisfied?
When only one circuit is running, the load may drop off to the point where even
minimum unit capacity is too much. The load has been satisfied when the LWT
drops below the Active Setpoint minus the Shutdown Delta T. At this time the only
running circuit can shut down.
Yes
Shut down last circuit.
All circuits off.
The last circuit running now shuts down.
When last circuit has completed pumpdown, the unit will go back to waiting for
enough load to start.
Figure 76: Unit Sequence of Operation - Ice Mode
Unit power up
Unit in Off state
The chiller may be disabled via the unit switch, the remote switch, the keypad
enable setting, or the BAS network. In addition, the chiller will be disabled if all
circuits are disabled, or if there is a unit alarm. If the chiller is disabled, the unit
status display will reflect this and also show why it is disabled.
No
Is unit enabled?
Yes
Yes
No
If the unit switch is off, the unit status will be Off:Unit Switch. If the chiller is
disabled due to network command, the unit status will be Off:BAS Disable. When
the remote switch is open, the unit status will be Off:Remote Switch. When a unit
alarm is active, the unit status will be Off:Unit Alarm. In cases where no circuits
are enabled, the unit status will be Off:All Cir Disabled. If the unit is disabled via
the Chiller Enable set point, the unit status will be Off:Keypad Disable.
Low ambient lockout will prevent the chiller from starting even if it is otherwise
enabled. When this lockout is disabling the chiller, the unit status will be Off:Low
OAT Lock.
Is low ambient lockout
active?
No
Is Ice Mode Start Delay
expired?
A delay is required between Ice cycles.
Yes
If the chiller is enabled, then the unit will be in the Auto state and the evaporator
water pump output will be activated.
Evaporator pump output on
No
Is flow present?
The chiller will then wait for the flow switch to close, during which time the unit
status will be Auto:Wait for flow.
Yes
Wait for chilled water loop to
recirculate.
After establishing flow, the chiller will wait some time to allow the chilled water loop
to recirculate for an accurate reading of the leaving water temperature. The unit
status during this time is Auto:Evap Recirc.
Figure 71: Unit Sequence of Operation - Ice Mode (continued)
Keep pump output on while
chiller is enabled and either
running or ready to run.
No
Is fluid temp high
enough to start?
The chiller is now ready to start if enough load is present. If the LWT is not higher
than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit status will be Auto:Wait
for load.
If the LWT is higher than the Active Setpoint plus the Start Up Delta T, the unit
status will be Auto. A circuit can start at this time.
Yes
The first circuit to start is generally the available circuit with the least number of
starts. This circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point and load up as
quickly as possible.
Start and run first circuit.
No
A minimum time must pass between the starting of circuits.
Has the stage up time
delay expired?
Yes
The second circuit will go through it’s start sequence at this point and load up as
quickly as possible.
Start and run next circuit.
Note that a third circuit can be started if available. The stage up time delay must
expire again.
Finish loading all circuits up
to full capacity and maintain
full capacity.
No
Is the ice cycle
complete?
Ice building is complete when LWT is less than the Active Setpoint.
Yes
Begin normal shut down of
all circuits.
All circuits off.
All circuits begin the shut down sequence simultaneously.
When all circuits have completed pumpdown, the unit will repeat the cycle.
Figure 77: Circuit Sequence of Operation
Unit power up
When the circuit is in the Off state the EXV is in the closed position, compressor is
off, and all condenser fans are off.
Circuit is in Off state
No
Is circuit is enabled to
start?
Yes
The circuit must be enabled before it can run. It might be disabled for several
reasons. When the circuit switch is off, the status will be Off:Circuit Switch.
If the BAS has disabled the circuit, the status will be Off:BAS Disable. If the circuit
has an active stop alarm then the status will be Off:Cir Alarm. If the circuit has
been disabled via the circuit mode set point, the status will be Off:Cir Mode
Disable. If the compressor is not ready due to refrigerant in the oil, the circuit
cannot start and circuit status will be Off:Oil Heating.
Yes
A minimum time must pass between the previous start and stop of a compressor
and the next start. If this time has not passed, a cycle timer will be active and the
circuit status will be Off:Cycle Timer.
Are compressor cycle
timers active?
No
If the compressor is ready to start when needed, the circuit status will be
Off:Ready.
Circuit is ready to start
No
Capacity control logic at the unit level will determine when a circuit needs to start
and issue a start command to the next circuit to start based on sequencing rules.
Is circuit commanded to
start?
Yes
Yes
If conditions require the EXV to preopen, then that will occur. Some start conditions
do not require this, so this step would be skipped in those conditions.
Is EXV Preopen
required?
Yes
No
Preopen EXV
The compressor will be started and the EXV, fans, and other devices will be
controlled as needed. The normal circuit status at this time will be Run:Normal.
Capacity will be controlled based on load and unload commands coming from
the capacity control logic at the unit level.
Run circuit
No
Capacity control logic at the unit level will determine when a circuit needs to shut
down and issue a stop command to the next circuit to stop based on sequencing
rules.
Is circuit commanded to
shut down?
Yes
When the circuit is commanded to shut down, a normal shut down of the circuit
will be performed. The circuit status during this time will be Run:Pumpdown.
Pumpdown circuit
No
Is pumpdown
complete?
Pumpdown is complete when the evaporator pressure drops to a certain point or
the circuit has been pumping down for longer than the pumpdown time limit.
Unit Functions
Calculations
NOTE: An x indicates that the value is ignored.
Evaporator Temperature Slope
All of the methods for disabling the chiller, discussed in this
section, will cause a normal shutdown (pumpdown) of any
running circuits.
The slope represents the change or trend in either EWT or
LWT over a time frame of one minute. It is calculated by taking
readings of the temperature every few seconds and subtracting
them from the previous value, over a rolling one minute
interval.
Evaporator Pulldown Rate
A pulldown rate is calculated by inverting the slope value and
limiting to a minimum value of 0°C/min.
Unit Capacity
The unit capacity is the total of the circuit target capacities
divided by the number of circuits.
Total Unit Power
An estimate of the total unit power is calculated on units with
compressor VFDs. An approximate power value is read from
the compressor VFDs. For each circuit the number of fans
running is multiplied by 1.464 and the compressor power
value is added to that value. This is the estimated power for
the circuit. The estimated power for all circuits is totaled to
determine the total unit power. All values are in units of kW.
Unit Enable
• Unit switch is closed
• If unit mode is ice and the ice timer has timed out.
• No unit alarms exist
• Emergency stop input is closed
• At least one circuit is enabled
• Unit enable set point is Enable
• If remote control is connected & remote unit switch is
closed
• If Control Source = Network, BAS Enable = True
Enabling and disabling the chiller is accomplished using set
points and inputs to the chiller. The unit switch, remote switch
input, and Unit Enable Set Point all are required to be On/
Enable for the unit to be enabled when the control source is
set to Local. The same is true if the control source is set to
Network, with the additional requirement that the BAS Enable
set point be Enable.
Table 72: Enable Combinations
Off
x
x
On
x
On
Control
Source
Set Point
x
x
x
Local
Network
Network
When the controller is powered up, the Unit Enable Set Point
will be initialized to ‘Disable’ if the Unit Enable Initial Set
Point is set to ‘Disable’. The chiller will remain disabled after
powering up until the Unit Enable Set Point is set to Enable.
Unit Mode Selection
The operating mode of the unit is determined by set points and
inputs to the chiller. The Available Modes Set Point determines
what modes of operation can be used. This set point also
determines whether the unit is configured for glycol use. The
Control Source Set Point determines where a command
to change modes will come from. A digital input switches
between cool mode and ice mode if they are available and the
control source is set to local. The BAS mode request switches
between cool mode and ice mode if they are both available and
the control source is set to Network.
The Available Modes Set Point must only be changed when the
unit switch is off. This is to avoid changing modes of operation
inadvertently while the chiller is running.
Unit Mode is set according to the following table.
Table 73: Unit Mode Combinations
The unit is available to start if the following conditions are true:
Unit
Switch
Unit Functions
Remote
Switch
Input
x
Disable
Enable
x
Enable
Unit
Enable
Set Point
x
Disable
x
Enable
x
Enable
BAS
Request
Unit
State
x
x
x
x
Disable
Enable
Disable
Disable
Disable
Enable
Disable
Enable
Control
Source
Set Point
x
Mode Input
BAS
Request
x
x
x
x
x
Local
Off
x
Local
On
x
Network
x
Cool
Network
x
Ice
x
x
x
x
x
x
Available
Modes
Set Point
Cool
Cool w/
Glycol
Cool/Ice w/
Glycol
Cool/Ice w/
Glycol
Cool/Ice w/
Glycol
Cool/Ice w/
Glycol
Ice w/Glycol
Test
Unit Mode
Cool
Cool
Cool
Ice
Cool
Ice
Ice
Test
NOTE: “x” Indicates that the value is ignored.
Glycol Configuration
If the Available Modes Set Point is set to an option w/Glycol,
then glycol operation is enabled for the unit. Glycol operation
must be disabled only when the Available Modes Set Point is
set to Cool. Glycol operation opens up the ranges for several
set points to be set to lower values.
Unit Functions
Unit Control States
T1 - Off to Auto. All of the following are required:
The unit will always be in one of three states:
1. Off – Unit is not enabled to run.
• Unit Enable = On
• No unit alarm is active
• At least one circuit is enabled to start
2. Auto – Unit is enabled to run.
3. Pumpdown – Unit is doing a normal shutdown.
• If unit mode = Ice, Ice Delay is not active
• Low Ambient Lockout is not active
T2 - Auto to Pumpdown. Any of the following are required:
• Unit Enable = OffIf
• Unit Mode = Ice AND LWT target is reached
• Unit Pumpdown Alarm is active
3
• Low Ambient Lockout is active
T3 - Pumpdown to Off. Any of the following are required:
3
• Unit rapid stop alarm is active
• All circuits complete pumpdown
T4 - Auto to Off. Any of the following are required:
• Unit rapid stop alarm is active
• No circuits enabled and no compressors running
Unit Status
Unit Status is displayed to indicate the general condition of the unit. The following table lists the text displayed for each unit status
and the conditions that enable each status. If more than one status is enabled at the same time, the highest numbered status
overrides the others and is displayed.
Table 74: Unit Status Conditions
Enum
Status
Conditions
1
Auto
2
Off:
Ice Mode Timer
Unit State = Off, Unit Mode = Ice, and Ice Delay = Active
3
Off:
Low OAT Lockout
Unit State = Off and Low OAT Lockout is active
4
Off:
All Cir Disabled
Unit State = Off and all compressors unavailable
5
Off:
Unit Alarm
Unit State = Off and Unit Alarm active
6
Off:
Keypad Disable
Unit State = Off and Unit Enable Set Point = Disable
7
Off:
Remote Sw
Unit State = Off and Remote Switch is open
8
Off:
BAS Disable
Unit State = Off, Control Source = Network, and BAS Enable = false
9
Off:
Unit Switch
Unit State = Off and Unit Switch = Disable
10
Off:
Test Mode
Unit State = Off and Unit Mode = Test
11
Auto: Noise Reduction
Unit State = Auto and Noise Reduction is active
12
Auto: Wait for Load
Unit State = Auto, no circuits running, and LWT is less than the active set point + startup delta
13
Auto: Evap Recirc
Unit State = Auto and Evaporator State = Start
14
Auto: Wait for flow
Unit State = Auto, Evaporator State = Start, and Flow Switch is open
15
Auto: Pumpdown
Unit State = Pumpdown
16
Auto: Max Pulldown Rate
Unit State = Auto, max pulldown rate has been met or exceeded
17
Auto: Unit Cap Limit
Unit State = Auto, unit capacity limit has been met or exceeded
18
Auto: Current Limit
Unit State = Auto, unit current limit has been met or exceeded
19
Auto: RapidRestore
Unit State = Auto, unit is performing RapidRestore operation
20
Off: Invalid Config
The unit configuration is not a valid combination.
21
Off: Inp Volts Not Set
Input voltage for unit with compressor VFDs is not set.
22
Off: Cfg Chg, Rst Ctlr
Unit configuration set point has changed, and reboot of controller is required
Unit State = Auto
Unit Functions
Ice Mode Start Delay
T4 - Start to Off. - Requires all of the following to be true:
An adjustable start to start ice delay timer will limit the
frequency with which the chiller may start in Ice mode. The
timer starts when the first compressor starts while the unit
is in ice mode. While this timer is active, the chiller cannot
restart in Ice mode. The time delay is user adjustable. The ice
delay timer may be manually cleared to force a restart in ice
mode. A set point specifically for clearing the ice mode delay is
available. In addition, cycling the power to the controller should
clear the ice delay timer.
Low Ambient Lockout
• Unit state = Off
• Freeze protection is not active
T5 - Run to Start. - Requires the following to be true:
• Flow switch input is low for longer than the flow proof set
point
Freeze Protection
To protect the evaporator from freezing, the evaporator pump
will start if the manual reset flow loss alarm is not active and
either of the following are true:
• LWT equal to or less than the Evap Freeze set point for at
least three seconds AND LWT sensor fault isn’t active
When the OAT drops below the low ambient lockout set point
and the OAT sensor fault is not active, low ambient lockout
is triggered. The unit will go into the pumpdown state if any
circuits are running. If no circuits are running the unit will go
directly into the off state. Once all circuits complete pumpdown,
the unit will remain in the off state until the lockout has cleared.
Freeze protection will end when manual reset flow loss alarm
is active or all of the following are true:
This condition will clear when OAT rises to the lockout set point
plus 2.5°C (4.5°F).
• LWT is at least 1.11°C (2°F) above the Evap Freeze set
point or LWT sensor fault is active
Evaporator Pump Control
• pump has been running for at least 15 minutes
Three evaporator pump control states for control of the
evaporator pumps:
1. Off - No pump on.
2. Start – Pump is on, water loop is being recirculated.
Recirc timer runnning
3. Run – Pump is on, water loop has been recirculated.
Recirc timer has timed out
• EWT equal to or less than the Evap Freeze set point for
at least three seconds AND EWT sensor fault isn’t active
• EWT is at least 1.11°C (2°F) above the Evap Freeze set
point or EWT sensor fault is active
Pump Selection
The pump output used is determined by the Evap Pump
Control set point. This setting allows the following
configurations:
• #1 only – Pump 1 will always be used
• #2 only – Pump 2 will always be used
• Auto – The primary pump is the one with the least run
hours, the other is used as a backup
• #1 Primary – Pump 1 is used normally, with pump 2 as a
backup
3
• #2 Primary – Pump 2 is used normally, with pump 1 as a
backup
Primary/Standby Pump Staging
RUN
START
T1 - Off to Start - Requires all of the following to be true:
• Unit state = Auto
• Freeze protestion started
T2 - Start to Run - Requires the following to be true:
• Flow ok for time longer than evaporator recirculate time
set point
T3 - Run to Off - Requires all of the following to be true:
• Unit state = Off
• Freeze protection not active
The pump designated as primary will start first. If the
evaporator state is start for a time greater than the recirculate
timeout set point and there is no flow, then the primary
pump will shut off and the standby pump will start. When the
evaporator is in the run state, if flow is lost for more than half
of the flow proof set point value, the primary pump will shut
off and the standby pump will start. Once the standby pump
is started, the flow loss alarm logic will apply if flow cannot be
established in the evaporator start state, or if flow is lost in the
evaporator run state.
Auto Control
If auto pump control is selected, the primary/standby logic
above is still used. When the evaporator is not in the run state,
the run hours of the pumps will be compared. The pump with
the least hours will be designated as the primary at this time.
Unit Functions
Leaving Water Temperature (LWT)
Reset
Figure 78: Return Reset
LWT Target
The LWT Target varies based on settings and inputs and is
selected as follows:
Table 75: Leaving Water Temperature Targets
Control Source
Control
Source Set
Point
Mode
Input
BAS
Request
OFF
X
ON
X
X
X
OFF
X
ON
X
X
X
OFF
x
ON
x
x
COOL
x
ICE
Local
x
x
Network
x
x
Available
Modes Set
Point
Local
Network
Local
Network
Local
COOL
COOL w/
Glycol
COOL/ICE
w/Glycol
Network
ICE w/
Glycol
Base LWT
Target
Cool Set
point 1
Cool Set
point 2
BAS Cool
Set point
Cool Set
point 1
Cool Set
point 2
BAS Cool
Set point
Cool Set
point 1
Ice Set point
BAS Cool
Set point
BAS Ice Set
point
Ice Set point
BAS Ice Set
point
The base LWT target may be reset to a higher value if the
unit is in Cool mode and it is configured for a reset. The type
of reset to be used is determined by the LWT Reset Type set
point.
The active set point is reset using the following parameters:
1. Cool LWT set point
2. Max Reset set point
3. Start Reset Delta T set point
4. Evap Delta T
Reset varies from 0 to Max Reset set point as the Evaporator
EWT – LWT (Evap delta t) varies from the Start Reset Delta T
set-point to 0.
4-20 mA External Signal Reset
The Active LWT target is adjusted by the 4 to 20 mA reset
analog input.
Parameters used:
3. LWT Reset signal
Reset is 0 if the reset signal is less than or equal to 4 mA.
Reset is equal to the Max Reset Delta T set point if the reset
signal equals or exceeds 20 mA. The amount of reset will vary
linearly between these extremes if the reset signal is between
4 mA and 20 mA. An example of the operation of 4-20 reset in
Cool mode follows.
Figure 79: 4-20mA Reset - Cool Mode
When the active reset increases, the Active LWT Target is
changed at a rate of 0.1 °C (0.18 °F) every 10 seconds. When
the active reset decreases, the Active LWT Target is changed
all at once.
After resets are applied, the LWT target can never exceed a
value of 15.56°C (60°F) for C vintage chillers with reduced
amp rating. The LWT target can go up to 21.12°C (70°F) for C
vintage chillers with standard amp rating.
Reset Type – None
The Active LWT target is set equal to the base LWT set point.
Reset Type – Return Chilled Water
The Active LWT target is adjusted based on the return water
temperature (evaporator entering water temperature).
Unit Functions
Outside Air Temperature (OAT) Reset
• Stage up delay has completed
The Active Leaving Water variable is reset based on the
outdoor ambient temperature. Parameters used:
3. Start Reset OAT set point
4. Max Reset OAT set point
5. OAT
• All running circuits are running at a capacity higher than
the Load Stage Up set point or running in a limited state
Reset is 0 if the outdoor ambient temperature is greater than
Start Reset OAT set point. From Start Reset OAT set point
down to Max Reset OAT the reset varies linearly from no reset
to the max reset at Max Reset OAT set point. At ambient
temperatures less than Max Reset OAT set point, reset is
equal to the Max Reset set point.
Figure 80: OAT Reset
• [LWT is higher than the target plus the Stage Up Delta T
set point] OR [LWT is higher than the target plus half the
Stage Up Delta T set point for at least two minutes]
In addition, for units with compressor VFD’s additional circuits
cannot start unless one of the following is true:
• LWT is more than 10°C (18°F) above the target
• LWT is 0.5°C to 10°C (0.9°F to 18°F) above the target
and the EWT pull down rate is less than 0.21(LWT –
target)+0.39
Staging Down
A circuit will shut down if any of the following are true:
• Multiple circuits are running, LWT is less than the target
minus the Stage Down Delta T and Stage Down Delay
has completed
• Multiple circuits are running , LWT is less than the target
plus the Stage Up Delta T, Stage Down Delay has
completed, and all running circuits are at a capacity less
than the Light Load Stage Down set point
• Multiple circuits are running, a unit capacity limit is active,
and all running circuits are at a capacity less than the
Light Load Stage Down set point
• Regardless of the number of circuits running, all will shut
down if the LWT is lower than the target less the Shut
Down Delta T set point
Unit Capacity Control
Unit capacity control will be performed as described in this
section. A combination of starting/stopping
compressors and loading/unloading compressors is used to
control the overall unit capacity.
Circuit Staging in Cool Mode
Staging Delays
Any time the number of running circuits changes, the stage up
delay will start and run for a time equivalent to the Stage Up
Delay set point.
Any time the number of running circuits changes, the stage
down delay will start and run for a time equivalent to the Stage
Down Delay set point.
Any time there are no circuits running, both the stage up and
stage down delays will be cleared.
Staging Up
If no circuits are running, then the first circuit will be started
when evaporator LWT is higher than the target plus Startup
Delta T set point.
If there are one or more circuits running, an additional circuit
will be started when all of the following are true:
• Number of running circuits is greater than the Max
Number Circuit Running set point
• [One circuit is running, LWT is less than the target,
Evaporator Delta T < 0.25*(Full Capacity Delta T set
point/Number of Circuits set point), Variable Evap Flow
set point is set to No] for longer than five minutes
Circuit Staging in Ice Mode
Stage Up Delay
A fixed stage up delay of one minute between compressor
starts should be used in this mode. When at least one
circuit is running, the other circuits should start as quickly as
possible with respect to the stage up delay.
Staging Up
The first circuit should start when evaporator LWT is higher
than the target plus the Startup Delta T set point.
When at least one circuit is running, another circuit will start
when evaporator LWT is higher than the target
plus the Stage Up Delta T set point and the stage up delay has
completed.
Staging Down
All circuits should be staged off when evaporator LWT is less
than the target.
Unit Functions
Staging Sequence
occurs, the accumulator will be reset to zero.
This section defines which compressor is the next one to
start or stop. In general, compressors with fewer starts will
normally start first, and compressors with more run hours will
normally stop first. Compressor staging sequence can also be
determined by an operator defined sequence via set points.
Max Pulldown Rate
Next To Start
The next compressor to start must meet the following
requirements:
Lowest sequence number of those compressors available to
start
• if sequence numbers are equal, it must have the least
starts
• if starts are equal, it must have least run hours
• if run hours are equal, it must be the lowest numbered
compressor
Next To Stop
The next compressor to shut down must meet the following
requirements:
Lowest sequence number of the compressors that are running
• if sequence numbers are equal, it must have the most run
hours
Note that circuit level capacity change delays will still limit how
often each circuit can change capacity.
Unit capacity will not be increased based on the accumulator
if EWT pulldown rate is higher than the Max Pulldown Rate
set point minus 0.1°C (0.18°F) and the LWT is less than 15°C
(59°F).
If the EWT pulldown rate is higher than the Max Pulldown Rate
set point plus 0.1°C (0.18°F) and the LWT is less than 15°C
(59°F), then the unit will decrease capacity.
Deadband
A deadband value is calculated as follows:
(Evap Delta T X 20)/(Unit capacity X Number of Circuits)
This deadband is centered around the LWT target but is only
used in cases where the next capacity change is
either the large jump from 50% to 60% or from 60% to 50% on
a compressor.
When the next compressor to load is currently at 50% capacity
and the LWT is within the deadband, unit capacity will not
increase.
• if run hours are equal, it must have the fewest starts
When the next compressor to unload is currently at 60%
capacity and the LWT is within the deadband, unit capacity will
not decrease.
• if starts are equal, it must be the lowest numbered
compressor
With VFD Compressors
Maximum Circuits Running
If the number of compressors running is equal to the Max
Circuits Running set point, no additional compressors should
be started. This applies in both Cool mode and Ice mode
operation.
Capacity will increase if LWT is more than 0.1°C (0.18°F)
above the target. Capacity increases have a two second delay
from the last increase the capacity control logic requested.
Capacity will decrease if LWT is more than 0.1°C (0.18°F)
below the target. Capacity decreases have a two second delay
from the last decrease the capacity control logic requested.
When multiple compressors are running, one should shut down
if the number of compressors running is more than the Max
Circuits Running set point.
Note that circuit level capacity change delays will still limit how
often each circuit can change capacity.
Circuit Capacity Control in Cool Mode
Capacity will be limited from increasing or it will be decreased if
the EWT pulldown rate exceeds calculated values and the LWT
is less than 10°C (18°F) above the target.
In Cool mode, unit capacity is adjusted to control evaporator
LWT to the LWT target. This is done by changing capacity of
individual compressors one at a time.
With Non-VFD Compressors
For units without compressor VFD’s, an error accumulator is
used which accounts for loop pulldown and how far from the
target the LWT is.
Pulldown Rate Limit
The calculated capacity hold value varies from 0.5°C/min to
2.5°C/min (0.9°F/min to 4.5°F/min) as the LWT varies from
0.5°C to 10°C (0.9°F to 18°F) above the target.
The calculated capacity unload value varies from 0.7°C/min to
2.7°C/min (1.26°F/min to 4.86°F/min) as the LWT varies from
0.5°C to 10°C (0.9°F to 18°F) above the target.
An error value is calculated as:
(LWT – target) + (EWT Slope X 2)
Every 4 seconds, the calculated error value is added to the
error accumulator. When the total error is more than 2.8°C
(5.04°F) a compressor will be loaded. When the total error
is less than -2.8°C (-5.04°F) a compressor will be unloaded.
Whenever a capacity change based on the error accumulator
Unit Functions
Load Balancing
In cool mode, capacity of the circuits is controlled so that when
possible their capacities are balanced. Circuits will generally
maintain a capacity imbalance that does not exceed 10%.
If a capacity change has not occurred for at least a minute
and the difference in capacity between the highest and
lowest capacity running circuits is more than 10%, then the
circuit capacities will be adjusted. The circuit that is next to
load will load and the circuit that is next to unload will unload
simultaneously.
Circuits that are running in manual capacity control or running
with active capacity limiting events will not be considered in the
load balancing logic.
Load/Unload Sequence
This section defines which compressor is the next one to load
or unload.
Next To Load
The next compressor to load must meet the following
requirements:
Lowest capacity of the running compressors that can load up
• if capacities are equal, it must have the lowest sequence
number of the compressors that are running
• if the sequence numbers are equal, it must have the least
starts
• if starts are equal, it must have the least run hours
• if run hours are equal, it must be the lowest numbered
compressor
Next To Unload
The next compressor to unload must meet the following
requirements:
Highest capacity of the running compressors
Unit Capacity Limits
Unit capacity limits are used to limit total unit capacity in Cool
mode only. Multiple limits may be active at any time, and the
lowest limit is always used in the unit capacity control.
Soft load, demand limit, and network limit use a deadband
around the actual limit value, such that unit capacity increase
is not allowed within this deadband. If unit capacity is above
the deadband, capacity is decreased until it is back within the
deadband.
• For 2 circuit units, the deadband is 7%.
• For 3 circuit units, the deadband is 5%.
The unit capacity will be adjusted as needed via compressor
staging and capacity changes to meet the lowest active limit,
but the last running compressor cannot be turned off to meet a
limit lower than the minimum unit capacity.
Soft Load
Soft Loading is a configurable function used to ramp up the
unit capacity over a period of time after the unit starts. The set
points that control this function are:
• Soft Load Enable
• Begin Capacity Limit
• Soft Load Ramp
When the unit starts, the limit is set to the Begin Capacity
Limit set point value. The limit then increases linearly from the
Begin Capacity Limit set point to 100% over the amount of
time specified by the Soft Load Ramp set point. If the option is
turned off, the soft load limit is set to 100%.
Demand Limit
The maximum unit capacity can be limited by a 4 to 20 mA
signal on the Demand Limit analog input at the unit controller.
This function is only enabled if the Demand Limit set point is
set to ON.
• if capacities are equal, it must have the lowest sequence
number of the compressors that are running
As the signal varies from 4 mA up to 20 mA, the maximum unit
capacity changes from 100% to 0%.
• if sequence numbers are equal, it must have the most run
hours
Network Limit
• if run hours are equal, it must have the least startsif starts
are equal, it must be the lowest numbered compressor
Circuit Capacity Control in Ice Mode
In Ice mode, running compressors are loaded up
simultaneously at the maximum possible rate that allows for
stable operation of the individual circuits.
The maximum unit capacity can be limited by a network signal.
This function is only enabled if the unit control source is set to
network. The signal will be received through the BAS interface
on the unit controller.
As the signal varies from 0% up to 100%, the maximum unit
capacity changes from 0% to 100%.
Unit Functions
Current Limit
Current Limit control should be enabled only when the current
limit enable input is closed and the unit is operating in Cool
mode.
Unit current will be calculated based on the 4-20 mA input that
receives a signal from an external device. The current at 4 mA
is assumed to be 0, and the current at 20 mA is defined by the
Current At 20mA set point. As the signal varies from 4 to 20
mA, the calculated unit current varies linearly from 0 amps to
the amp value defined by the set point.
Unit capacity will not be allowed to increase if the current value
exceeds 95% of the Current Limit set point. The unit will reduce
capacity if the current value exceeds the Current Limit set
point.
Figure 81: Current Limit Operation
Assuming this functionality is enabled, there are two ways it
can become active:
1. If the unit mode is cool and the unit controller clock time
is between the Quiet Mode start time and end time set
points.
2. Control Source set point is set to network and the BAS
command is ‘enable’.
When Quiet Mode is active, the Maximum Reset is applied to
the cool LWT set point. However, if any reset type is selected,
that reset will continue to be used rather than the Maximum
Reset. Also, the saturated condenser target for each circuit will
be offset by the Quiet Mode Condenser Target Offset.
RapidRestore™ Option
RapidRestore is an option that can be added to AWS chillers.
The general purpose of the option is to allow the capability to
restart more quickly and to load faster than normal when power
is lost and restored.
Enabling
The Rapid Restore option is enabled via the Rapid Restore set
point. Enabling will require the following to be
true:
• Rapid Restore module is present at address 22
• DI1 on the Rapid Restore module has a signal
• Unit is configured with compressor VFD’s OR it has slide
position sensors and liquid line solenoidvalves enabled
Cycle Timer
There is minimum time between compressor startup and
shutdown. The time values are set by global circuit set points.
Start-to-start time is the time period from when a compressor
starts until it starts again.
Stop-to-start is the time period from when a compressor stops
until it restarts.
If any of the above conditions are no longer true, then the
option will be disabled in the chiller.
Operation Following Power Cycle
The chiller will enter Rapid Restore upon powering up when
the following conditions are met:
• Rapid Restore is enabled
• Power failure lasts less than the value of the Max Power
Failure Time set point
Table 76: Cycle Time Settings
Range
Function
Default
Minimum
Maximum
Start - Start time
20 min
15 min
60 min
Stop - Start time
5 min
3 min
20 min
Quiet Mode
Quiet Mode is an operating mode designed to reduce unit
sound levels by decreasing compressor and fan operating
time. It is used during the night when the cooling load is usually
reduced and the ambient temperature is lower.
• Power failure lasts at least one second (shorter power
loss may result in unpredictable operation)
• Unit is enabled
• LWT error is at least equal to the stage up delta t setting
Rapid Restore will end if any of the following conditions occur:
• LWT error is less than the stage up delta t setting
• Unit capacity = 100%
• All circuits become disabled for any reason
• Unit becomes disabled for any reason
• 10 minutes have passed since unit powered up
Quiet Mode always requires the Quiet Mode set point to be
set to ‘enable’. If it is set to ‘disable’, it will not activate for any
reason.
Unit Functions
Unit Level Changes
Circuit Level Changes
Evaporator Recirculation Time
Compressor Cycle Timers
When Rapid Restore is triggered, the time value used for
the evaporator recirculation time will be 9 seconds for two
circuit units and 6 seconds for three circuit units. Note that
the evaporator recirculation time set point is not changed as a
result of this.
When Rapid Restore is triggered, all compressor cycle timers
are cleared to allow for starting more quickly.
With a goal of starting the chiller within 30 seconds after power
is restored, the evaporator recirculation time must be trimmed
to account for the controller boot time. The difference in times
for two and three circuit units is due to the difference in the
controller boot times based on the unit configuration. Many
aspects of the configuration can affect the controller boot
time, but the number of circuits has a substantial impact and
therefore the time is selected based on that.
Modulating Slide Unload Output
In addition, the controller firmware version can affect the boot
time. The values chosen for the evaporator recirculation time
were the result of testing with version 9.22 firmware. Other
firmware versions may result in significantly different times to
start the chiller.
Unit Capacity Control
During Rapid Restore, some parts of the unit capacity control
logic are modified to allow faster loading of the unit:
• The stage up delay setting used for normal operation is
ignored. In its place a fixed value of 20 seconds is used
as the delay between starting circuits.
• For normal capacity control, all running circuits must meet
certain requirements before any additional circuits can
start. These requirements, which indicate running circuits
have reached a certain capacity or are otherwise limited
in capacity, are bypassed for fast loading.
The limitation of four starts per hour is still in effect though, and
will not be cleared by the Rapid Restore operation.
For units without compressor VFD’s, the modulating slide
unload output is turned on when Rapid Restore istriggered.
Normally this output is turned on when the compressor starts.
Due to the sequence of events leading to a RapidRestore
scenario it is likely that the modulating slide will not be in the
minimum position for the start, so the output is activated before
the compressor starts to help make sure it starts at as close to
minimum capacity as possible.
EXV Preopen
The EXV preopen time will always be five seconds during
Rapid Restore. This allows the first circuit as well as
subsequent circuits to start faster since some normal starting
conditions would have a preopen time as long as 25 seconds.
Capacity Increments
For faster loading, capacity increments are doubled for all AWS
configurations.
There is one exception to this for compressors without VFD’s.
The capacity change from 50% to 60% is a fixed step that is
used for normal operation as well as for fast loading.
• Max pulldown rate will be ignored during fast loading to
avoid having it interfere in the chiller getting loaded up as
fast as possible.
Unit Functions
Backup Chiller Operation
Software Settings
If DI2 on the Rapid Restore module has a signal and the unit
has Rapid Restore enabled, then the chiller is considered a
‘backup chiller’.
When the RapidRestore® option is ordered, hardware is added
and factory software changes are made to enable the feature.
When a ‘backup chiller’ is enabled, it will start using the
same sequence and changes as a Rapid Restore with one
difference. It will use an evaporator recirculation time of 22
seconds regardless of the unit configuration.
This will result in the time to start and time to load for a backup
chiller being about the same as for a RapidRestore scenario.
Field supplied inputs to the units are required in the unusual
case of a backup chiller being started after the power
interruption rather than restarting the primary chiller. A field
supplied control signal (normally a BAS) must turn off the
Backup Chiller connection on the primary unit and turn on the
Backup Chiller connection on the backup unit at the time of
switching. See the Field Wiring Diagram for the Backup Chiller
connection point (terminals 61 and 62). The backup unit must
experience the power failure in order to perform the rapid
restore function.
The time to restore full load will vary depending on the
compressor starter, type number of compressors and if it is a
primary or backup unit as shown on the following table.
Table 77: Time to Full Load
Starter
Y-Delta
Solid State
• Slide position sensors must be enabled (set to Yes). The
setting is located at “View/Set Unit-> Unit Configuration ->
Slide Pos Sens=”
• Liquid line solenoid must be enabled (set to Enable). The
setting is loacted at “View/Set Unit-> Set-Up -> Liq Line
SV=”
• RapidRestore® must be enabled (set to Enable). The
setting is located at “View/Set Unit ->Set-Up -> Rapid
Restore=”
Time Charts
The following charts show the approximate best case scenario
for time to start and time to full capacity with the RapidRestore®
operation.The times shown represent the way the logic is
programmed but do not account for small delays due to the
program cycle time. As a result the actual times can be slightly
longer due to small variations for each time segment stacking
up. These charts also assume the fastest possible rate of
loading so if any operating conditions would cause loading to
pause or slow down, the times will be extended.
For units without compressor VFDs, the time charts also
assume that the slide position sensors are enabled.
VFD
Standard Unit w/o Rapid Restore
2-Circuit
21.6 min
21.6 min
18.8 min
3-Circuit
29.0 min
29.0 min
24.7 min
Primary Unit w/ Rapid Restore
2-Circuit
7.3 min
7.3 min
5.9 min
3-Circuit
5.3 min
7.8 min
6.3 min
Backup Unit w/ Rapid Restore
2-Circuit
7.3 min
7.3 min
5.9 min
3-Circuit
7.8 min
7.8 min
6.3 min
Unit Functions
Figure 82: Two Circuits Without Compressor VFDs
Figure 83: Three Circuits Without Compressor VFDs
Unit Functions
Figure 84: Two Circuits With Compressor VFDs
Figure 85: Three Circuits With Compressor VFDs
Circuit Functions
Circuit Functions
Calculations
Condenser Approach
Feedback Capacity
Feedback capacity is a representation of the actual capacity as
a percentage of full capacity based on feedback regarding the
actual running capacity of the compressor.
Non-VFD Compressors With Slide Position
Sensors
Compressors without VFD’s vary capacity via changes to the
slide positions. The modulating slide can provide approximately
10% to 50% of the compressor capacity, while the nonmodulating slide provides either 0% or 50% of the compressor
capacity.
Considering the digital nature of the non-modulating slide
position and the extreme positions of the modulating slide,
there are four capacity values as shown in the following table.
This capacity value will also vary linearly from 10% to 50% and
from 60% to 100% as the modulating slide sensor signal varies
from 4 to 20 mA.
Non-modulating
Slide
Modulating Slide
Sensor Signal
Feedback Capacity
Off
4 mA
10%
Off
20 mA
50%
On
4mA
60%
On
20 mA
100%
VFD Compressors
Compressors with VFD’s vary capacity via changes to the
speed. The actual compressor speed is read from the VFD.
Feedback capacity for a compressor with a VFD is:
Actual Compressor Speed x 100 ÷ Maximum Speed
Refrigerant Saturated Temperature
The condenser approach is calculated for each circuit. The
equation is as follows:
Condenser Approach = Condenser Saturated Temperature
- OAT
Suction Superheat
Suction superheat is calculated for each circuit using the
following equation:
Suction superheat = Suction Temperature – Evaporator
Saturated Temperature
Discharge Superheat
Discharge superheat is calculated for each circuit using the
following equation:
Discharge superheat = Discharge Temperature – Condenser
Saturated Temperature
Oil Differential Pressure
Oil Differential Pressure is calculated for each circuit with this
equation:
Oil Differential Pressure = Condenser Pressure - Oil
Pressure
Maximum Saturated Condenser
Temperature
The maximum saturated condenser temperature calculation is
based on the compressor operational envelope.
If Saturated Evaporator Temperature is less than 0°C and
glycol operation is not enabled then
Max Saturated Condenser Temperature = 1.596(Saturated
Evaporator Temperature) + 68.3°C
Refrigerant saturated temperature is calculated from the
pressure sensor readings for each circuit. A function provides
the converted value of temperature to match values published
data for R134a:
If Saturated Evaporator Temperature is less than 0°C and
glycol operation is enabled then
-within 0.18°F (0.1°C) for pressure inputs from 0 to 300 psi (0
to 2070 kPa)
If Saturated Evaporator Temperature is 0°C or higher then
-within 0.36°F (0.2°C) for pressure inputs from -11.6 to 0 psi
(80 kPa to 0 kPa)
Evaporator Approach
The evaporator approach is calculated for each circuit. The
equation is as follows:
Evaporator Approach = LWT – Evaporator Saturated
Temperature
Max Saturated Condenser Temperature = 0.652(Saturated
Evaporator Temperature) + 68.3°C
Max Saturated Condenser Temperature = 68.3°C
There are special cases where the Max Saturated Condenser
Temperature will be set to 68.3°C regardless of the Saturated
Evaporator Temperature. This will occur for 60 seconds
following the transition from 50% to 60% or 60% to 50% if the
unit does not have compressor VFD’s and has slide position
sensors enabled. It will also occur for 60 seconds after loading
from 46% to 50% or from 96% to 100% capacity if the unit
does not have compressor VFD’s and does not have slide
position sensors enabled.
Circuit Functions
High Saturated Condenser – Hold Value
High Cond Hold Value = Max Saturated Condenser Value –
5°F (2.78°C)
High Saturated Condenser – Unload
Value
High Cond Unload Value = Max Saturated Condenser Value –
3°F (1.67°C)
High Motor Amp Limits
High motor amp limits are used only when the starter type is
VFD. A reference amp value is selected based on the following
table.
Size
Economizer 380V
460V
575V
400V
204
Yes
202
167
134
187
204
No
158
130
104
150
215
Yes
246
203
162
228
215
No
193
159
127
183
232
Yes
288
238
--
268
241
Yes
346
286
--
322
263
Yes
406
335
--
376
The reference amp value is then used to establish the amp
limits using the following calculations:
High Motor Amps Hold value = reference value x 1.21
High Motor Amps Delayed Unload value = reference value
x 1.25
High Motor Amps Unload value = reference value x 1.30
High Motor Amps Shutdown value = reference value x 1.35
Reduced Amp Limits
An option to select lower amp limits is available on certain C
vintage models with 460V 60hz power. The lower limits are
selected when the Amp Rating set point is set to ‘reduced’.
Values used in this special case are shown in the table below.
Circuit 1
Model #
Circuit 2
Hold
Delayed
Unload
Hold
Delayed
Unload
Unload
Shutdown
Unload
Shutdown
210CDH
177
184.08
192.93
230CDH
166
172.64
180.94
201.78
177
184.08
192.93
201.78
189.24
219
227.76
238.71
249.66
240CDP
163
169.52
265CDP
157
163.28
177.67
185.82
163
169.52
177.67
185.82
171.13
178.98
206
214.24
224.54
234.84
280CDH
210
310CDP
198
218.4
228.9
239.4
260
270.4
283.4
296.4
205.92
215.82
225.72
245
254.8
267.05
279.3
330CDH
365CDP
240
249.6
261.6
273.6
303
315.12
330.27
345.42
245
254.8
267.05
279.3
288
299.52
313.92
328.32
Circuit Functions
Circuit Control Logic
Circuit Availability
A circuit is available to start if the following conditions are true:
• Circuit switch is closed
• No circuit alarms are active
• Circuit Mode set point is set to Enable
• BAS Circuit Mode set point is set to Auto
• No cycle timers are active
• Discharge Temperature is at least 9°F (5°C) higher than
Oil Saturated Temperature
Circuit States
Figure 86: Circuit State Transitions
• Evaporator Pressure is at least as high as the Low
Pressure Unload set point
T4 – Run to Pumpdown - Any of the following are required:
• Unit capacity control logic requires this circuit to stop
• Unit state is pumpdown
• A pumpdown alarm occurs on the circuit
• Circuit switch is open
• Circuit Mode set point is set to Disable
• BAS Circuit Mode set point is set to Off
T5 – Pumpdown to Off - Any of the following are required:
• Evaporator Pressure drops below the Pumpdown
Pressure set point
• Service Pumpdown set point is set to Yes and Evaporator
Pressure drops below 35 kPa
• Circuit has been pumping down for longer than the
Pumpdown Time Limit set point
• Unit state is Off
• Rapid stop alarm occurs on the circuit
T6 – Run to Off - Any of the following are required:
T7 – Start to Off - Any of the following are required:
• Circuit has been in start state longer than the Start Time
Limit set point
T8 – Start to Pumpdown - Any of the following are required:
• Unit capacity control logic requires this circuit to stop
• Unit state is pumpdown
• A pumpdown alarm occurs on the circuit
• Circuit switch is open
• Circuit Mode set point is set to Disable
• BAS Circuit Mode set point is set to Off
Circuit Startup Logic
Circuit startup is the time period following the starting of the
compressor on a circuit. During the startup, the
T1 – Off to Preopen - All of the following are required:
• Circuit is available to start per the previous section
• Adequate pressure in the evaporator and condenser (see
No Pressure At Start Alarm)
• Unit capacity control logic requires the circuit to start
T2 – Preopen to Start
low evaporator pressure alarm logic should be ignored. When
the compressor has been running at least 20 seconds and the
evaporator pressure rises above the low evaporator pressure
unload set point, the startup is complete.
If the pressure does not rise above the unload set point and
the circuit has been running longer than the Startup Time set
point, then the circuit will shut down and an alarm triggered. If
the evaporator pressure drops below the absolute low pressure
limit then the circuit will shut down and the same alarm
triggered.
EXV completes preopen operation.
T3 – Start to Run - All of the following are required:
• Compressor has been running for at least 20 seconds
Circuit Functions
Low OAT Restart Logic
Low OAT restart logic allows multiple start attempts in low
and moderate ambient conditions. If the condenser saturated
temperature is less than 15.5°C (59.9°F) when the compressor
starts, the startup is considered to be a ‘low OAT start’. If a low
OAT start is not successful the circuit shall shut down, but no
alarm should be triggered for the first two attempts of the day.
If a third low OAT start attempt fails, then the circuit should shut
down and the Low OAT Restart Alarm should be triggered.
The restart counter should be reset when either a startup is
successful, the Low OAT Restart alarm is triggered, or the unit
time clock shows that a new day has started.
Minimum Discharge Superheat
During operation, the minimum discharge superheat is 12°C
(21.6°F). When a circuit is running, it can only increase
capacity during automatic capacity control when certain
requirements related to the minimum discharge superheat are
met. The requirements are as follows:
• Circuit must be in the start or run state for at least three
minutes
• DSH must be at least 12°C (21.6°F) for longer than 30
seconds
The first requirement means that for at least three minutes
after starting, the circuit cannot increase capacity. This is done
to allow the oil temperature to equalize with the discharge gas
temperature since the discharge temperature sensor is actually
reading the oil temperature in the sump. In addition, running at
the minimum capacity allows the discharge superheat to build
faster.
The second requirement is a factor at startup, but will also
come into play any time DSH drops below the minimum after
the circuit has increased capacity.
Circuit Status
The displayed circuit status is determined by the conditions in
the following table:
Table 78: Circuit Status
Enum
Status
Conditions
1
Off:Ready
Circuit is ready to start when
needed.
2
Off:Stage Up
Delay
Circuit is off and cannot start
due to stage up delay.
3
Off:Cycle Timer
Circuit is off & cannot start
due to active cycle timer.
4
Off: Max Comp
Starts
due to four starts per hour.
5
Off:BAS Disable
due to BAS Circuit Mode input
being set to Off.
6
Off:Keypad
Disable
due to Circuit Mode set point
on HMI is set to disable.
7
Off:Circuit Switch
Circuit is off & circuit switch
is off.
8
Off:Oil Heating
Circuit is off and Discharge
Temperature not at least 5°C
higher than Oil Saturated
Temperature.
9
Off:Alarm
due to active circuit alarm.
10
Off:Test Mode
Circuit is in test mode.
11
EXV Preopen
Circuit is in preopen state.
12
Run:Pumpdown
Circuit is in pumpdown state.
13
Run:Normal
Circuit is in run state &
running normally.
14
Run:Disch SH Low Circuit is running & cannot
load due to low discharge
superheat.
15
Run:Evap Press
Low
Circuit is running & cannot
load due to low evaporator
pressure.
16
Run:Cond Press
High
Circuit is running & cannot
load due to high condenser
pressure.
17
Run: High LWT
Limit
Circuit is running and cannot
load due to the evaporator
LWT exceeding the limit for
allowing full capacity.
18
Run: High VFD
Amps
Circuit is running and cannot
load due to high motor
current.
Circuit Functions
Compressor Control
The compressor/starter output will be on when the circuit
state is Start, Run, or Pumpdown. It will not be running when
the circuit state is Off or Preopen. Starting and stopping of
compressors is done via the digital output for those without
VFD’s and with VFD’s.
Cycle Timers
A minimum time must pass between starts of each compressor.
When the compressor starts, a timer starts which will run for a
time determined by the Start-Start Timer set point.
A minimum time must pass between the stop and start of each
compressor. When the compressor stops, a timer starts which
will run for a time determined by the Stop-Start Timer set point.
While either timer is running the compressor cannot start. Both
cycle timers will be enforced even through cycling of power to
the chiller. These timers may be cleared via the Clear Cycle
Timers set point.
Starts Per Hour Limit
In addition to the cycle timers, a limit of four starts per hour
is enforced. A buffer of start times for the last four starts is
maintained. If the current time is an hour or less after the first
timestamp in the buffer, the next start will be delayed.
This limit is cleared if the Clear Cycle Timers set point is set to
On.
Capacity Control – Without Compressor
VFD
When the unit is configured without compressor VFD’s,
compressors vary capacity via positioning of a modulating slide
and a non-modulating slide.
Capacity Target
This section explains how the capacity target is determined.
Auto Capacity Control
After starting, the compressor capacity target will be the
minimum physical capacity (approximately 10%), and the
compressor will not increase in capacity until it has been
running at least three minutes and the minimum discharge
superheat has been established for at least 30 seconds. After
this condition is met, the compressor capacity target will move
via steps to the minimum running capacity even if unit capacity
control commands do not require the compressor to load up.
This minimum running capacity target is:
• 25% if configured with slide position sensors
• 26% if configured without slide position sensors
Once the compressor has been loaded to the minimum running
capacity target, the capacity target will always be at least equal
to this value while the compressor is running.
Changes to the capacity target are performed as needed to
meet unit capacity requirements based on load and unload
commands coming from the unit capacity control logic (see unit
capacity control section). Standard capacity steps are:
• 5% if configured with slide position sensors
• 4% if configured without slide position sensors
A minimum time of 20 seconds should pass between capacity
changes other than the capacity transitions from 50% to 60%
or from 60% to 50%. For those capacity transitions, a minimum
time of 30 seconds will pass before capacity is changed again.
Manual Capacity Control
The capacity target of the compressor may be controlled
manually. Manual capacity control is enabled via a set point
with choices of auto or manual. Another set point allows setting
the compressor capacity target from 10% to 100%.
The compressor capacity target will be stepped up or down
until it is equal to the manual capacity set point. If the set point
is between available capacity steps the capacity target will
be set to the capacity step below the set point. Changes to
the capacity target will be made at the maximum rate allowed
in automatic capacity control. Capacity control may be set to
manual at any time.
Capacity control shall revert back to automatic control if either:
• the circuit state changes from run to any other state
• capacity control has been set to manual for four hours
Slide Control
The slides will be positioned to meet the capacity target as
shown in the following sections. All slide control outputs are off
when the compressor is off and will only be activated when the
compressor is running.
Without Slide Position Sensors
Non-modulating Load/Unload Select:
Any time the capacity target is less than 60%, the load/unload
select output for the non-modulating slide should be off to
unload the non-modulating slide. If the capacity target is 60%
or higher, this output should be on.
Modulating load output:
When the capacity target is 10% or 60%, the modulating slide
load output should be off. When the capacity target is 50% or
100%, this output should be on.
Modulating unload output:
unload output should be on. When the capacity target is 50%
or 100%, this output should be off.
At capacity targets between 10% and 50%, and 60% and
100%, the modulating slide is to be moved by pulsing the
load and unload outputs. When the capacity target increases,
the load output should be pulsed. When the capacity target
decreases, the unload output should be pulsed.
With Slide Position Sensors
Non-modulating load output:
This output should be off any time the capacity target is less
than 60%. If the capacity target is 60% or higher, this output
should be on.
Circuit Functions
Non-modulating unload output:
This output should be on any time the capacity target is less
than 60%. If the capacity target is 60% or higher, this output
should be off.
Modulating load output:
load output should be off. When the capacity target is 50% or
100%, this output should be on.
Modulating unload output:
unload output should be on. When the capacity target is 50%
or 100%, this output should be off.
At capacity targets between 10% and 50%, and 60% and
100%, the modulating slide should be moved via pulsing of
the load and unload outputs to achieve the required capacity.
Feedback from the slide position sensor should be used to
maintain the slide in a position that allows compressor capacity
to fall within 1.5% of the capacity target.
Turbo solenoid output
The turbo solenoid output is activated to assist in moving the
modulating slide in certain conditions. This solenoid should be
enabled via turning on the output when the pressure difference
between oil pressure and evaporator pressure is less than or
equal to 415 kPa (60.2 PSI) for at least 5 seconds. It should be
disabled when the pressure difference is above 415 kPa (60.2
PSI).
Capacity Control – With Compressor
VFD
When the unit is configured with compressor VFD’s,
compressors vary capacity via changes to the motor speed
(frequency). The speed is controlled via writing to a specific
modbus register in the VFD.
Auto Capacity Control
Immediately after starting, the compressor speed will be set
to 24hz, and the speed will not increase until it has been
running at least three minutes and the minimum discharge
superheat has been established for at least 30 seconds. After
this condition is met, the changes to the speed are performed
as needed to meet unit capacity requirements based on load
and unload commands coming from the unit capacity control
logic(see unit capacity control section).
The compressor speed will be stepped up or down until
it is equal to the speed that corresponds to the manual
capacity set point. If the set point is set to a percentage value
corresponding to a speed that is in between normal speed
steps, then the speed will be set to the next lowest speed step.
Changes to the speed will be made as fast as allowed by the
calculated load and unload delays.
Capacity control may be set to manual at any time.
Capacity control shall revert back to automatic control if either:
• the circuit state changes from run to any other state
• capacity control has been set to manual for four hours
Load and Unload Delay Calculation
As the LWT error varies from the Start Delta T set point to
0.1°C (0.18°F), the load delay varies from 15 seconds to 25
seconds linearly.
If the unit is configured with constant evaporator water flow, as
the LWT error varies from -0.7°C to -0.1°C (-1.26°F to -0.18°F)
the unload delay varies from 10 seconds to 20 seconds.
If the unit is configured with variable evaporator water flow, as
the LWT error varies from -0.7°C to -0.1°C (-1.26°F to -0.18°F)
the unload delay varies from 10 seconds to 13 seconds.
If the unit capacity control requires unloading due to the EWT
pulldown rate, the unload delay will be forced to 20 seconds.
Condenser Fan Control
The compressor must be running in order to stage fans on.
All running fans will turn off when compressor goes to the Off
state.
Saturated Condenser Temperature
Target
The saturated condenser temperature target is calculated by
first using the following equation:
Sat condenser temp target raw = 0.8332(suction sat temp) +
63.6°F (35.0°C)
This value is then limited to a range defined by the Condenser
Saturated Temperature Target min and max set point. These
set points simply cut off the value to a working range, and this
range can be limited to a single value if the two set points are
set to the same value.
Speed is normally changed in 2hz steps. The minimum speed
is 24hz.
When the load delay is active, the speed cannot increase.
When the unload delay is active, the speed cannot decrease.
The load and unload delay times are calculated values.
Manual Capacity Control
The capacity target of the compressor may be controlled
manually. Manual capacity control is enabled via a set point
with choices of auto or manual. Another set point allows setting
the compressor capacity target from 10% to 100%.
Circuit Functions
Fan Staging Control
Table 83: 8 Fans per Circuit
Although some fan outputs control more than one fan, the total
number of fans running will always change by one except when
the compressor shuts down and all fans stop. Fan staging will
accommodate anywhere from 5 to 12 fans per circuit according
to the following table:
Table 79: Fan Staging Outputs
Fan Output Number
1
2
3
4
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
*
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
*
**
**
**
**
**
**
**
5
6
# of
Digintal
Outputs
Used
4
# of
Fans
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
Fan Stage
Fan Outputs On
1
1
2
1,2
3
1,3
4
1,2,3
5
1,3,4
6
1,2,3,4
7
1,3,4,5
8
1,2,3,4,5
Fan Stage
Fan Outputs On
1
1
2
1,2
3
1,3
4
1,2,3
5
1,3,4
Fan Outputs per Fan Stage
6
1,2,3,4
The following tables show the outputs energized for each fan
stage depending on the number of fans per circuit:
7
1,2,3,5
*
**
***
***
***
***
5
*
**
***
6
8
1,3,4,5
9
1,2,3,4,5
Fan Stage
Fan Outputs On
1
1
Fan Stage
2
1,2
1
1
3
1,3
2
1,2
4
1,2,3
3
1,3
5
1,2,3,4
4
1,2,3
Fan Stage
Fan Outputs On
1
1
2
1,2
3
1,3
4
1,2,3
5
1,3,4
6
1,2,3,4
Fan Outputs On
5
1,3,4
6
1,2,3,4
7
1,2,3,5
8
1,3,4,5
9
1,2,3,4,5
10
1,2,3,4,5,6
Fan Stage
Fan Outputs On
1
1
2
1,2
Fan Outputs On
3
1,3
1
1
4
1,2,3
2
1,2
5
1,3,4
3
1,3
6
1,2,3,4
4
1,2,3
7
1,2,3,5
1,3,4
8
1,3,4,5
Fan Stage
5
6
1,2,3,4
9
1,2,3,4,5
7
1,2,3,4,5
10
1,3,4,5,6
11
1,2,3,4,5,6
Circuit Functions
Fan Stage
Fan Outputs On
1
1
2
1,2
3
1,3
4
1,2,3
5
1,3,4
6
1,2,3,4
7
1,2,3,5
8
1,3,4,5
9
1,2,3,4,5
10
1,2,3,5,6
11
1,3,4,5,6
12
1,2,3,4,5,6
Stage Down Error Step = (Target - Stage Down dead band) Saturated Condenser Refrigerant temperature
The Stage Down Error Step is added to Stage Down
Accumulator once every 5-second Stage Down Error Delay
seconds. When the Stage Down Error Accumulator is greater
than 5°F (2.8°C) another stage of condenser fans is removed.
When one fan is running, a fixed point is used in place of a
deadband. When the Saturated Condenser temperature drops
below 69.8°F (21.1°C), stage down error is accumulated.
When a stage down occurs or the saturated condenser
temperature rises back within the Stage Down dead band the
Stage Down Error Accumulator is reset to zero.
Figure 87: Fan Staging Up and Down
If this error accumulation is greater than 19.8ºF (11ºC), then stage up.
Staging Up
Six stage-up deadbands are used in fan staging:
Stage On Deadband 0 - used when no fans are running
Stage On Deadband 1 - used when 1 fan is running
Stage On Deadband 2 - used when 2 fans are running
Stage On Deadband 5 - used when 5 or more fans are
running
When the saturated condenser temperature is above the Target
+ the active deadband, a Stage Up error is accumulated.
Stage Up Error Step = Saturated Cond. temperature – (Target
+ Stage-Up deadband)
The Stage Up Error Step is added to Stage Up Accumulator
once every 5 seconds, only if the Saturated Condenser
Refrigerant Temperature is not falling. When Stage Up Error
Accumulator is greater than 19.8°F (11°C) another stage is
added.
If the circuit is configured to have a VFD on the first fan, then
the first fan will turn on when condenser temperature is above
the target.
When a stage up occurs or the saturated condenser
temperature falls back within the Stage Up dead band the
Stage Up Accumulator is reset to zero.
Staging Down
Five stage down dead bands are used in fan staging.
Stage Off Deadband 2 - used when 2 fans are running
Stage Off Deadband 6 - used when 6 or more fans are
running
(Target) + (Fan Stage Up Deadband)
Target Discharge Saturated Temp
(Target) - (Fan Stage Down Deadband)
If this error accumulation is greater than 5.0ºF (2.8ºC), then stage down.
Fan Control with VFD
As an option, the first fan may be driven by a VFD. The VFD
control will vary the fan speed to drive the saturated condenser
temperature to a target value. The target value is normally the
same as the saturated condenser temperature target.
VFD Speed Signal
The VFD speed signal should always be 0 when the fan stage
is 0. When the fan stage is greater than 0, the VFD speed
signal will vary between the minimum and maximum speed to
control the saturated condenser temperature to the VFD target.
The minimum and maximum speed are set by the VFD Min
Speed and VFD Max Speed set points.
Stage Up Compensation
In order to create a smoother transition when the fan stage
increases, the VFD compensates by slowing down initially. This
is accomplished by adding the new fan stage up deadband
to the VFD target. The higher target causes the VFD logic to
decrease fan speed. Then, every 2 seconds, 0.1°C (0.18°F) is
subtracted from the VFD target until it is equal to the saturated
condenser temperature target set point.
When the saturated condenser refrigerant temperature is
below the Target – the active deadband, a Stage Down error is
accumulated.
Circuit Functions
EXV Control
The EXV is moved at a rate of 150 steps per second, with
a total range of 3810 steps. Positioning is determined as
described in the following sections, with adjustments made in
increments of 0.1% of the total range.
Figure 88: EXV Control Transitions
Closed Position
When the EXV enters the closed state, it should be reinitialized
to maintain accurate positioning. This is done by issuing a
specific command to the stepper driver that results in the EXV
being moved in the closed direction by 3910 steps.
If the unit is configured without liquid line solenoid valves, the
EXV position should be 0% any time the EXV is in a closed
state.
If the unit is configured with liquid line solenoid valves, the
EXV position should be 0% when the EXV initially enters the
closed state, while it is reinitializing to the zero position. After
the EXV position command has been 0% for a minute, the EXV
should be moved to 5% to prevent excessive pressure buildup
between the EXV and liquid line solenoid valve.
Preopen Operation
Preopen operation will vary depending on the unit
configuration. The unit will be configured for use with or
without liquid line solenoid valves via a set point.
Without Liquid Line Solenoid Valves
T1 – Closed to Preopen - EXV goes to preopen state when
the circuit enters the preopen state and the selected preopen
time is not 0.
T2 – Closed to Pressure Control - EXV goes to pressure
control state when the circuit enters the preopen state and
the selected preopen time is 0. This effectively skips the EXV
preopen operation.
T3 – Preopen to Pressure Control - EXV has been in
preopen state for a time equal to the selected preopen time.
T4 – Pressure Control to Superheat Control - All of the
following are required:
• DSH is 12°C or higher for at least a minute or SSH is less
than the SSH target for at least five seconds
• Compressor has been running at least three minutes
• Evaporator LWT is 15.5°C (59.9°F) or less
• EXV has been in pressure control state for at least a
minute
T5 – Superheat Control to Pressure Control - Any of the
following are required:
• Evap LWT is higher than 17°C (62.6°F) for at least 20
seconds
• DSH is less than 12°C (21.6°F) for at least five minutes
and evaporator pressure is higher than the pressure
target will be in pressure control
T6 – Preopen to Closed - Any of the following are required:
• Circuit state is Off
• Circuit state is Pumpdown
T7 – Pressure Control to Closed - Any of the following are
required:
When the unit is configured without liquid line solenoid valves,
the EXV will open to 5% and the EXV state
will remain preopen for 5 seconds before the compressor is
started.
With Liquid Line Solenoid Valves
When the unit is configured with liquid line solenoid valves,
preopen operation will vary depending on the evaporator and
condenser pressure at the time the circuit is starting.
If evaporator pressure is less than condenser pressure, the
EXV will open to 50% and the EXV state will remain preopen
for 25 seconds before the compressor is started.
If evaporator pressure is equal to or higher than condenser
pressure, the preopen time will be 0 (position will already be
5%).
Pressure Control Operation
In pressure control, the EXV is positioned to control the
evaporator pressure to a target.
Minimum Pressure Target Calculation
There is a minimum allowed value for the pressure target
calculation on units with and without compressor VFD’s. To get
this minimum value, first the following calculation is performed:
LWT x 6.3617 + 109.65
Then, this value is limited to a range from the low pressure
hold set point plus 14 kpa up to 350 kpa. This value
is the minimum that is allowed for the pressure target
calculations.
• Circuit state is Off
• Circuit state is Pumpdown
Circuit Functions
Pressure Target
The pressure target is calculated based on evaporator LWT,
offset based on DSH, then limits applied to keep the target in
an acceptable range.
The base target value varies from 180 kpa to 350 kpa (26.11
to 50.76 PSI) as LWT varies from 4.44°C to 26.67°C (39.99°F
to 80°F), and is then limited to a range from the calculated
minimum pressure target value up to 350 kpa (50.76 PSI).
The base target may be adjusted if the discharge superheat
is not within an acceptable range. If the superheat is less
than 12°C (21.6°F), the pressure target will be reduced by 24
x (DSH – 12). If the superheat is more than 22°C (39.6°F),
the pressure target will be increased by 24 x (DSH – 22).
The adjusted target is limited to a range from the calculated
minimum pressure target value up to 350 kpa (50.76 PSI).
When the EXV transitions from closed or preopen to pressure
control, the pressure target will be forced to the calculated
minimum pressure target value for three minutes. After that,
the pressure target will begin increasing by 1 kpa every second
until reaching the normal calculated target. Any time a low
pressure ratio is encountered during this time, the target will
stop increasing until the pressure ratio is normal for at least 10
seconds.
When the EXV transitions from superheat control to pressure
control, the target will start at the current evaporator pressure.
The pressure target will then be decreased until reaching the
normal calculated target, at a rate of 3 kPa (0.44 PSI) per
second. If the pressure at transition is less than the calculated
target, then pressure control will start immediately with the
calculated target.
Superheat Control Operation
In superheat control, the EXV is positioned to control suction
superheat. The superheat target varies linearly from 2.8 to 5.5
°C (5 to 9.9 °F) as discharge superheat changes from 17 to 12
°C (30.6 to 21.6 °F) and is limited to a range from 2.8 to 5.5 °C
(5 to 9.9 °F). This target is constantly updated, and averaged
over a 10 second period.
When the EXV transitions to the superheat control state, the
target will start at the current suction superheat value (limited
to a maximum of 8°C or 46.4°F). This target will then be
adjusted 0.1°C (0.18°F) every five seconds until reaching the
normal calculated target.
EXV Operating Range
Whenever the compressor is running and the circuit is not
pumping down, the EXV can operate in a range from 5% to
100% open.
EXV Positioning – Pressure and
Superheat Control
of the superheat. Position commands generated by the PID
are filtered so that the minimum change in position is 0.3%.
Changes of less than this are ignored.
Position commands generated by the PID are also limited to
a maximum change of 1.1% for chillers with two circuits and
0.9% for chillers with three circuits. This allows the stepper
to move the valve to the commanded position before the
next position command is issued in the program cycle. The
maximum change is different between two and three circuit
chillers because the number of circuits has a large effect on the
program cycle time.
The minimum and maximum change limits are in place to
minimum the chance of losing EXV steps.
Economizer Control
The economizer is activated by turning on the output that
controls the economizer solenoid valve. Conditions for
activating the economizer differ between units with and without
compressor VFD’s.
Economizer Activation – Without
Compressor VFD’s
The economizer is activated when the circuit is in the run state
and the target capacity exceeds 95%.
It will turn back off when either the target capacity drops below
80% or the circuit is no longer in a run state.
Economizer Activation – With
Compressor VFD’s
The economizer is activated when the circuit is in the run
state, the capacity reaches the Economizer Enable Capacity
set point or higher, and the OAT is less than a certain value.
The temperature value is dependent on the sizes of the
compressors on the unit. For units that have an F4AS or F4AL
compressor on any circuit, the temperature value is 40.83°C
(105.5°F). For all other units the value is 43.61°C (110.5°F).
The economizer will turn back off when either the capacity
drops to 20% below the Economizer Enable Capacity set point
or the circuit is no longer in the run state.
Liquid Injection
Liquid injection is activated by turning on the liquid injection
output. It will be activated when the circuit is in the run state
and the discharge temperature rises above the Liquid Injection
Activation set point.
Liquid injection will be turned off when the discharge
temperature drops to 15°C (27°F) below the activation set point
or the circuit is no longer in the run state.
When the EXV control state is either pressure control or
superheat control, the position is adjusted using a PID function.
The proportional factor of the PID when in superheat control is
determined by the compressor size to allow for stable control
Circuit Functions
Liquid Line Solenoid Valve
Solid State Starter Fault Clearing
The liquid line solenoid valve output will be on any time the
circuit is in the Start or Run state. It will be off when the circuit
is in any other state.
Units could have either Benshaw or Schneider starters. The
controller software operation differs depending on which
starters the unit is equipped with.
Capacity Overrides
The following conditions override automatic capacity control
as described. These overrides keep the circuit from entering a
condition in which it is not designed to run.
Low Evaporator Pressure
The compressor capacity will be decreased or limited from
increasing if the evaporator pressure starts to approach the
limits. See the section on the low evaporator pressure events
for details on trigger conditions, actions taken, and reset
conditions.
High Condenser Pressure
The compressor capacity will be decreased or limited from
increasing if the condenser pressure starts to approach the
limits. See the section on the high condenser pressure events
for details on trigger conditions, actions taken, and reset
conditions.
The Benshaw starters have special programming that
automatically clears certain faults. So, when alarms are cleared
in the controller the starter will be ready to run if the fault is an
auto clearing fault and it is no longer active. Some faults in the
Benshaw starter do not automatically clear, and those faults
must be cleared in the starter before the starter fault alarm can
be cleared in the controller.
In the Schneider starters, all faults must be manually cleared.
In order to mimic the behavior of the Benshaw
starters, the last fault code will be read from the Schneider
starters. If the fault is one that can be auto cleared,
then the reset command will be sent to the starter when the
alarms are cleared in the controller. This communication is
via modbus, and if the communication is not working then all
starter faults must be cleared manually in the starter.
High Motor Amps
If the unit has compressor VFD’s, the compressor capacity will
be decreased or limited from increasing if the motor amps start
to approach the limits. See the section on the high motor amp
events for details on trigger conditions, actions taken, and reset
conditions.
High Water Temperature Capacity Limit
If the evaporator LWT is 25°C (77°F) or higher, and the
capacity is 80%, the compressor will not increase in capacity.
If the evaporator LWT is 25°C (77°F) or higher, and the
capacity is higher than 80%, the compressor capacity will be
reduced until it is at 80% or lower.
Once this limit has triggered, it will be in effect until evaporator
LWT is less than 25°C (77°F) for at least a minute.
Part Load Shutdown
If the unit is configured with glycol, then a circuit may shut
down if certain conditions are met. See the section on the part
load shutdown event for details on trigger conditions, actions
taken, and reset conditions.
Compressor VFD Fault Clearing
When a VFD fault occurs, the VFD fault alarm is triggered in
the controller. When the alarm is cleared in the
controller, the fault will be cleared in the VFD assuming the
fault condition no longer exists.
Alarms and Events
Alarms and Events
Situations may arise that require some action from the
chiller, or that should be logged for future reference. Alarms
are classified in the following sections per the Global Chiller
Protocol Standard using the Fault/Problem/Warning scheme.
When any Unit Fault Alarm is active, the alarm digital output
should be turned on continuously. If all circuits have a Circuit
Fault Alarm active, the alarm digital output should be turned on
continuously. If no Unit Fault Alarm is active and only some of
the circuits have Circuit Fault Alarms active, the alarm digital
output should alternate five seconds on and five seconds off.
All alarms appear in the active alarm list while active. All alarms
are added to the alarm log when triggered and when cleared.
Entries in the log representing the occurrence of an alarm will
be preceded by ‘+’ while entries representing the clearing of an
alarm will be preceded by ‘-‘.
Signaling Alarms
The following actions will signal that an alarm has occurred:
The unit or a circuit will execute a rapid or pumpdown shutoff.
An alarm bell icon will be displayed in the upper right-hand
corner of all controller screens including the optional remote
user interface panel’s screens.
An optional field supplied and wired remote alarm device will
be activated.
Clearing Alarms/Faults
Description of Alarms
The alarms have the following conventions:
ALARM, any condition outside of normal operation requiring
some action on the part of the control or information useful to
the operator or to be logged for future reference
WARNING, an alarm indicating a condition that is not critical to
safe unit operation, but is worthy of note and/or logging.
PROBLEM, a alarm that indicates operation off normal and
requires some action by the control such as unloading a
compressor.
FAULT, an alarm with consequences serious enough to
require a compressor, a circuit, or entire unit to shutdown. The
shutdown may be rapid, bypassing the pumpdown cycle, or
controlled and incorporate the pumpdown cycle.
Alarm description conventions:
• CnCmpn OffMechPressLo, the Cn is the circuit number;
the Cmpn is the compressor number.
• UnitOff EvapWaterFlow, UnitOff refers to the entire unit.
Unit Faults
PVM/GFP Fault
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffPvmGfp
Trigger: Power Configuration = Single Point
Active alarms can be cleared through the keypad/display or a
BAS network. Alarms are automatically cleared when controller
power is cycled. Alarms are cleared only if the conditions
required to initiate the alarm no longer exist. All alarms and
groups of alarms can be cleared via the keypad or network
via LON using nviClearAlarms and via BACnet using the
ClearAlarms object.
AND PVM/GFP Enable = Yes
AND Unit PVM/GFP Input is open
Unit PVM/GFP Input is closed
To use the keypad, follow the Alarm links to the Alarms screen,
which will show Active Alarms and Alarm Log. Select Active
Alarm and press the wheel to view the Alarm List (list of current
active alarms). They are in order of occurrence with the most
recent on top. The second line on the screen shows Alm Cnt
(number of alarms currently active) and the status of the alarm
clear function. Off indicates that the Clear function is off and
the alarm is not cleared. Press the wheel to go to the edit
mode. The Alm Clr (alarm clear) parameter will be highlighted
with OFF showing. To clear all alarms, rotate the wheel to
select ON and enter it by pressing the wheel.
OR PVM/GFP Enable = No
OR Power Configuration = Multi Point
An active password is not necessary to clear alarms.
If the problem(s) causing the alarm have been corrected, the
alarms will be cleared, disappear from the Active Alarm list
and be posted in the Alarm Log. If not corrected, the On will
immediately change back to OFF and the unit will remain in the
alarm condition.
Remote Alarm Signal
The unit is configured to allow field wiring of a remote
alarm device. See the field wiring diagram in the Electrical
Information section.
Action Taken: Rapid stop all circuits
Reset: Auto reset for at least 5 seconds when:
Evaporator Flow Loss
Alarm description (as shown on screen):
UnitOffEvapWaterFlow
Trigger:
1: Evaporator Pump State = Run AND Evaporator Flow
Digital Input = No Flow for time > Flow Proof Set Point AND
at least one compressor running
2: Evaporator Pump State = Start for time greater than
Recirc Timeout Set Point and all pumps have been tried and
Evaporator Flow Digital Input = No Flow
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the unit
controller keypad or BAS command.
If active via trigger condition 1:
When the alarm occurs due to this trigger, it can auto reset
the first two times each day, with the third occurrence being
manual reset.
Alarms and Events
For the auto reset occurrences, the alarm will reset
automatically when the evaporator state is Run again. This
means the alarm stays active while the unit waits for flow,
then it goes through the recirculation process after flow is
detected. Once the recirculation is complete, the evaporator
goes to the Run state which will clear the alarm. After three
occurrences, the count of occurrences is reset and the cycle
starts over if the manual reset flow loss alarm is cleared.
If active via trigger condition 2:
If the flow loss alarm has occurred due to this trigger, it is a
manual reset alarm.
AC Comm Failure
AlrmLimCtrlrCommFail
Trigger: Communication with the I/O extension module has
failed.
Reset:This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad
or BAS command when communicationbetween main
controller and the extension module is working for 5
seconds.
Evaporator Water Freeze Protect
Outdoor Air Temperature Sensor Fault
UnitOffEvapWaterTmpLo
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffAmbTempSen
Trigger: Evaporator LWT or EWT drops below evaporator
freeze protect set point for longer than evap recirc time
specified. If the sensor fault is active for either LWT or EWT,
then that sensor value cannot trigger the alarm.
controller keypad if alarm trigger conditions no longer exist.
Evaporator Water Temperatures Inverted
UnitOffEvpWTempInvrtd
Trigger: Evap EWT < Evap LWT - 1 deg C AND at least one
circuit is running AND EWT sensor fault not active AND LWT
sensor fault not active for 30 sec
Action Taken: No stop on all circuits
Leaving Evaporator Water Temperature Sensor
Fault
UnitOffEvpLvgWTempSen
Trigger: Sensor shorted or open
controller keypad or BAS command if the sensor is back in
range.
Entering Evaporator Water Temperature Sensor
Fault
Alarm description (as shown on screen:
UnitOffEvpEntWTempSen
Action Taken: Normal stop of all circuits
range.
Action Taken: Normal shutdown of all circuits
range.
External Alarm
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffExternal Alarm
Trigger: External Alarm/Event input is open for at least 5
seconds and external fault input is configured as an alarm
Action Taken: Rapid stop of all circuits
Reset: Auto clear when digital input is closed
Emergency Stop Alarm
UnitOffEmergencyStop
Trigger: Emergency Stop input is open
Action Taken: Rapid stop of all circuits
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad or
via BAS command if the emergency switch is closed.
Unit Problem Alarms
The following unit events are logged in the warning log with a
time stamp.
Evaporator Pump #1 Failure
Alarm description (as shown on screen): EvapPmp1Fault
Trigger: Unit is configured with primary and backup pumps,
pump #1 is running, and the pump control logic switches to
pump #2
Action Taken: Backup pump is used
BAS command
Evaporator Pump #2 Failure
Alarm description (as shown on screen): EvapPmp2Fault
Trigger: Unit is configured with primary and backup pumps,
Alarms and Events
pump #2 is running, and the pump
Action Taken: Rapid stop unit or circuit
control logic switches to pump #1
Rese: Auto reset when Circuit PVM/GFP Input is closed
Action Taken: Backup pump is used
OR PVM/GFP Enable = No OR Power Configuration =
Single Point for at least 5 seconds
BAS command
Unit Warning Alarms
The following unit events are logged in the warning log with a
time stamp.
External Event
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitExternalEvent
Trigger: External Alarm/Event input is open for at least 5
seconds and external fault is configured as an alarm
Action Taken: None
Reset: Auto clear when digital input is closed
Bad Demand Limit Input
Alarm description (as shown on screen): BadDemandLimitInput
Trigger: Demand limit input out of range and demand limit
is enabled. For this alarm out of range is considered to be a
signal less than 3mA or more than 21mA
Action Taken: None
Reset: Auto clear when demand limit disabled or demand
limit input back in range for 5 seconds
Bad LWT Reset Input
BadSetptOverrideInput
Trigger: LWT reset input out of range and LWT reset =
4-20mA. For this alarm out of range is considered to be a
signal less than 3mA or more than 21mA.
Action Taken: None
Reset: Auto clear when LWT reset is not 4-20mA or LWT
reset input back in range for 5 seconds
Circuit Faults
All circuit stop alarms require shutdown of the circuit on which
they occur. Rapid stop alarms do not trigger a pumpdown
before shutting off. All other alarms will initiate a pumpdown.
When one or more circuit alarms are active and no unit alarms
are active, the alarm output will be switched on and off on 5
second intervals.
Alarm descriptions apply to all circuits, the circuit number is
represented by ‘n’ in the description.
Phase Volts (PVM)/GFP Fault
Alarm description (as shown on screen): UnitOffPhaseVoltage
or CnOff PhaseVoltage
Trigger: Power configuration = Multi Point and PVM/GFP
Enable = Yes and Circuit PVM/GFP Input is open
Low Evaporator Pressure
CnCmpnOffEvpPressLo
Trigger 1:
This alarm will trigger when Freeze time is exceeded and
Circuit State = Run.
Freezestat logic allows the circuit to run for varying times at
low pressures. The lower the pressure, the shorter the time
the compressor can run. This time is calculated as follows:
Freeze error = Low Evaporator Pressure Unload –
Evaporator Pressure
Freeze time = 70 – 0.906 x freeze error, limited to a range of
20-70 seconds
When the evaporator pressure goes below the Low
Evaporator Pressure Unload set point, a timer starts. If this
timer exceeds the freeze time, then a freezestat trip occurs.
If the evaporator pressure rises to the unload set point or
higher, and the freeze time has not been exceeded, the
timer will reset.
Trigger 2:
This alarm will trigger if Evaporator Press is less than -69
kPa (-10 PSI) for longer than one second.
For either trigger condition, the alarm cannot trigger if the
evaporator pressure sensor fault is active..
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the Unit
Controller keypad if the evaporator pressure is above -69
kPa (-10 PSI).
Low Pressure Start Fail
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnOffStrtFailEvpPrLo
Trigger: Circuit state = start for time greater than Startup
Time set point.
Mechanical Low Pressure Switch
CnCmpnOffMechPressLo
Trigger: Circuit state = start for time greater than Startup
Time set point.
Controller keypad if the Mechanical Low Pressure Switch
Input is high .
Alarms and Events
High Condenser Pressure
High Oil Pressure Difference
CnCmpnOffCondPressHi
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpn
OffOilPrDiffHi
Trigger: Condenser Saturated Temperature > Max Saturated
Condenser Value for time > High Cond Delay set point.
controller keypad.
Low Pressure Ratio
CnCmpnOffPrRatioLo
Trigger: Pressure ratio is less than calculated limit for longer
than the Low Pressure Ratio Delay set point after circuit
startup has completed. The calculated limit will vary from
1.4 to 1.8 as the compressor’s capacity varies from 10% to
100%.
Pressure ratio is calculated as shown with pressures in kPa:
Ratio = (Condenser Pressure + 101.325)/(Evaporator
Pressure + 101.325)
Pressure ratio limit is calculated as:
Limit = 0.00444(capacity) + 1.35556
Action Taken: Normal shutdown of circuit
Trigger: Circuit is in the Run state and Oil Pressure
Differential > High Oil Pressure Differential set point for a
time greater than Oil Pressure Differential Delay.
controller keypad or BAS command
Compressor Starter Fault
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpn OffStarterFlt
Trigger:
If starter type = Benshaw or Schneider: any time starter fault
input is open
If starter type = wye delta: compressor has been running for
at least 14 seconds and starter fault input is open for at least
3 seconds
High Motor Temperature
CnCmpnOffMotorTempHi
Trigger:
Mechanical High Pressure (MHP) Switch
Motor Protection input is open for longer than two seconds.
CnCmpnOffMechPressHi
Trigger: Mechanical High Pressure switch input is low AND
Emergency Stop Alarm is not active. (opening emergency
stop switch kills power to MHP switches).
controller keypad if the MHP switch input is high
High Discharge Temperature
OffDischTmpHi
Trigger: Discharge Temperature > High Discharge
Temperature set point AND compressor is running. Alarm
cannot trigger if temperature sensor fault is active
controller keypad or BAS command
controller keypad after Motor Protection input has been
closed for at least 5 minutes.
Low OAT Restart Fault
CnCmpnOffNbrRestarts
Trigger: Circuit has failed three low OAT start attempts
No Pressure Change After Start
CnOffNoPressChgStart
Trigger: After start of compressor, at least a 1 psi drop
in evaporator pressure OR 5 psi increase in condenser
pressure has not occurred after 40 seconds.
Alarms and Events
No Pressure At Startup
Compressor VFD Communication Failed
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnOffNoPressAtStart
CnCmpnOffVfdCommFail
Trigger: Either Evap Pressure < 35 kPa (5.1 psi) OR
Cond Pressure < 35 kPa (5.1 psi) AND Compressor start
requested AND circuit does not have a fan VFD
controller keypad or BAS command if Evap Pressure >
35 kPa (5.1 psi) and Cond Pressure > 35 kPa (5.1 psi), or
circuit is configured for fan VFD.
Low Discharge Superheat
CnCmpn OffLowDischSHLo
Trigger: If all of the following are true for at least 20 minutes,
the alarm is triggered:
• Circuit state is run
• Liquid injection is off
Trigger: Unit has compressor VFD’s and there is either a
modbus configuration error or there are 10 consecutive read
or write errors.
Compressor VFD Fault
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpnOffVfdFault
Trigger: Fault flag from VFD is set - VFD is sending a fault
status to controller via modbus communications
• DSH is less than the Low DSH Limit set point
CC Comm Failure
CnOffCmpCttrlComFail
Power Loss While Running
Event description (as shown on screen): CnPwrLossRun
Trigger: Compressor is running when controller loses power
Action Taken: N/A
Reset: N/A
High Motor Amps
CnCmp1 OffMtrAmpsHi
Trigger: Alarm is triggered if unit has compressor VFD’s,
compressor is running, and motor current exceeds the high
motor amps shutdown value.
Action Taken:Rapid stop circuit
Controller keypad or via BAS command.
Compressor VFD Temperature High
CnCmpnOffVfdTempHi
Trigger: Alarm is triggered if unit has compressor VFD’s,
compressor is running, and VFD heatsink temperature (as
reported via modbus) exceeds 120°C (248°F) for at least
five seconds.
Trigger: Compressor is running when controller loses power
Action Taken: N/A
Reset: This alarm can be cleared manually via the keypad
or BAS command when communication between main
seconds.
CC Comm Failure
CnOffCmpCtrlrComFail
failed.
seconds.
FC Comm Failure Circuit 1 and 2
C1C2OffFnCtlrComFail
Trigger: [Circuit 1 or Circuit 2 Number of Fans > 6 OR
PVM Config = Multi Point] and communication with the I/O
extension module has failed.
Action Taken: Rapid stop circuit 1 and 2
seconds.
Alarms and Events
FC Comm Failure Circuit 3
Alarm description (as shown on screen): C3OffFnCtlrComFail
Trigger: Chiller is configured with three circuits and
communication with the I/O extension module has failed.
Action Taken: Rapid stop of circuit 3
seconds.
FC Comm Failure Circuit 3/4
C3C4OffFnCtlrComFail
Trigger: Chiller is configured with three circuits , circuit
3 number of fans > 6, and communication with the I/O
extension module has failed.
Action Taken: Rapid stop of circuit 3
seconds.
EEXV Comm Failure N
CnOffEXVCtrlrComFail
failed.
seconds.
Evaporator Pressure Sensor Fault
Alarm description (as shown on screen): CnCmpnOffEvpPress
Sen
Trigger: When sensor is shorted or open, the alarm should
be triggered, with the following exception. If the evaporator
LWT is 30°C (86°F) or higher, the fault should not be
triggered due to the input signal reading too high unless the
circuit has been running for longer than 90 seconds
range
Condenser Pressure Sensor Fault
CnCmpnOffCondPressSen
controller keypad or BAS if the sensor is back in range.
Oil Pressure Sensor Fault
CnCmpnOffOilFeedSen
Suction Temperature Sensor Fault
CnCmpnOffSuctTempSen
Trigger: Sensor shorted or open.
Discharge Temperature Sensor Fault
CnCmpnOffDishTmpSen
Slide Position Sensor Fault
CnCmpnOffSlidePosSen
Trigger: Sensor reads less than 1mA or higher than 23mA,
unit is configured for use with slide position sensors, and
circuit capacity control is set to auto
Controller keypad if the trigger conditions no longer exist.
Low Remote Evaporator pressure
OffMechPressLo
Trigger: [Freezestat trip AND Circuit State = Run OR
Evaporator Press , -10 psi
When the remote evaporator pressure goes below the Low
Remote Evaporator Pressure Unload set point, a timer
starts. If this timer exceeds the freeze time, then a freezestat
trip occurs. If the evaporator pressure rises to the unload set
point or higher, and the freeze time has not been exceeded,
the timer will reset.
Reset: This alarm is cleared manually if the evaporator
pressure is above 10 psi.
Alarms and Events
Failed Pumpdown
Event description (as shown on screen): CnFailedPumpdown
Trigger: Circuit state = pumpdown for time > Pumpdown
Time set point
Action Taken: Shut down circuit
Reset: N/A
Events
Situations may arise that require some action from the chiller
or that should be logged for future reference, but aren’t severe
enough to track as alarms. These events are stored in a log
separate from alarms. This log shows the time and date of the
latest occurrence, the count of occurrences for the current day,
and the count of occurrences for each of the previous 7 days.
Unit Power Restore
Trigger: Unit controller is powered up.
Action Taken: Non
Reset: N/A
Low Evaporator Pressure - Hold
Trigger: This event will trigger when the unit mode is cool,
the circuit state is run, and evaporator pressure drops below
the Low Evaporator Pressure Hold set point.
If the unit does not have compressor VFD’s, the hold cannot
be triggered for 60 seconds following the capacity change of
the compressor from 50% to 60% or from 60% to 50%.
Action Taken: Compressor will not be able to increase in
capacity.
Reset: This event is cleared when the evaporator pressure
rises at least 14 kPa (2.03 PSI) above the Low Evaporator
Pressure Hold set point. It is also cleared if the circuit is no
longer in the run state or the unit operating mode is changed
to Ice.
Low Evaporator Pressure - Unload
Trigger: This event will trigger when the unit mode is cool,
the circuit state is run, and evaporator pressure drops below
the Low Evaporator Pressure Unload set point.
If the unit does not have compressor VFD’s, the unload
cannot be triggered for 60 seconds following the capacity
change of the compressor from 50% to 60% or from 60% to
50%.
Action Taken: If the unit does not have compressor VFD’s,
the compressor capacity will decrease by one step every 5
seconds until the evaporator pressure rises up to the Low
Evaporator Pressure Unload set point or higher.
If the unit has compressor VFD’s, the compressor
capacity will decrease by one step every 4 seconds until
the evaporator pressure rises up to the Low Evaporator
Pressure Unload set point or higher.
Reset: This event is cleared when the evaporator pressure
rises at least 14 kPa (2.03 PSI) above the Low Evaporator
Pressure Hold set point. It is also cleared if the circuit is no
longer in the run state or the unit operating mode is changed
to Ice.
High Condenser Pressure - Hold
Trigger: This event will trigger when the circuit state is run
and saturated condenser temperature exceeds the high
saturated condenser hold value.
Action Taken: Compressor will not be able to increase in
capacity
Reset: This event is cleared when the saturated condenser
temperature drops at least 5.6°C (10.08°F) below the high
saturated condenser hold value. It is also cleared if the
circuit is no longer in the run state.
High Condenser Pressure - Unload
Trigger: This event will trigger when the circuit state is run
and saturated condenser temperature exceeds the high
saturated condenser unload value.
Action Taken: The compressor capacity will decrease by
one step every 5 seconds until the saturated condenser
temperature drops down to the high saturated condenser
unload value or lower.
Reset: This event is cleared when the saturated condenser
temperature drops at least 5.6°C (10.08°F) below the high
saturated condenser unload value. It is also cleared if the
circuit is no longer in the run state.
High Motor Amps – Hold
Trigger: This event will trigger if the unit has compressor
VFD’s, the compressor is running, and the motor current
exceeds the high motor amps hold value.
Action Taken: Compressor n will not be able to increase in
capacity.
Reset: This event is cleared when the motor current drops
below the high motor amps hold value for at least 10
seconds. It is also cleared if the compressor is no longer
running.
High Motor Amps - Unload
Trigger: This event will trigger if the unit has compressor
VFD’s, the compressor is running, and the motor current
exceeds the high motor amps unload value or the motor
current exceeds the high motor amps delayed unload value
for at least 20 seconds.
Action Taken:The compressor capacity will decrease by one
step every 5 seconds.
Reset: This event is cleared when the motor current drops
below the high motor amps delayed unload value for at least
3 seconds. It is also cleared if the compressor is no longer
running.
Alarms and Events
Part Load Shutdown
Trigger: All of the following are required to trigger this event:
• unit is configured with glycol
• condenser saturated temperature > (evaporator saturated
temperature x 2) + 68.3
• circuit capacity < 50%
• evaporator saturated temperature less than -5°C (23°F)
• circuit has been running at least 10 minutes
• at least 10 minutes has passed since any other circuit
shut down
Once the above conditions are met for at least five minutes,
the event is triggered.
Action Taken:Normal shutdown of circuit. If two circuits
satisfy these conditions at the same time, then the one that
should be next off by the normal sequencing rules will shut
down.
Reset: N/A
Alarm Logging
When an alarm occurs, the alarm type, date, and time are
stored in the active alarm buffer corresponding to that alarm
(viewed on the Alarm Active screens) also in the alarm history
buffer (viewed on the Alarm Log screens). The active alarm
buffers hold a record of all current alarms.
A separate alarm log stores the last 25 alarms to occur. When
an alarm occurs, it is put into the first slot in the alarm log and
all others are moved down one, dropping the last alarm. The
date and time the alarm occurred are stored in the alarm log.
Event Log
This menu is accessed through the alarm menu. It gives
access to the event occurrence over a seven day period and
the last occurrence with time and date for:
• Unit Power Restore
• Low Pressure Hold
• Low Pressure Unload
• High Pressure Hold
• High Pressure Unload
• High Current Hold
• High Current Unload
Using the Controller
Unit Controller Operation
Figure 89: Unit Controller
The keypad/display consists of a 5-line by 22-character
display, three buttons (keys) and a “push and roll” navigation
wheel. There is an Alarm Button, Menu (Home) Button, and
a Back Button. The wheel is used to navigate between lines
on a screen (page) and to increase and decrease changeable
values when editing. Pushing the wheel acts as an Enter
Button and will jump from a link to the next set of parameters.
Figure 90: Typical Screen
♦6
View/Set Unit
3
Status/Settings
>
Set Up
>
Temperature
>
Date/Time/Schedule
>
Generally, each line on the display contains a menu title, a
parameter (such as a value or a set point), or a link (which will
have an arrow in the right of the line) to a further menu.
lines (parameters) “below” the currently displayed items or an
“up/down” arrow to indicate there are lines “above and below”
the currently displayed line. The selected line is highlighted.
Each line on a screen can contain status-only information or
include changeable data fields (set points).
A line in a menu may also be a link to further menus. This
is often referred to as a jump line, meaning pushing the
navigation wheel will cause a “jump” to a new menu. An arrow
is displayed to the far right of the line to indicate it is a “jump”
line and the entire line is highlighted when the cursor is on that
line.
NOTE: Only menus and items that are applicable to the
specific unit configuration are displayed.
This manual includes information relative to the operator level
of parameters; data and set points necessary for the every
day operation of the chiller. There are more extensive menus
available for the use of service technicians.
The first line visible on each display includes the menu title and
the line number to which the cursor is currently “pointing”, in
the above case 3, Temperature.
The left most position of the title line includes an “up” arrow ▲
to indicate there are lines (parameters) “above” the currently
displayed line; and/or a “down” arrow ▼ to indicate there are
Navigating
the current navigation path until the “main menu” is reached.
When power is applied to the control circuit, the controller
screen will be active and display the Home screen, which can
also be accessed by pressing the Menu Button The navigating
wheel is the only navigating device necessary, although the
MENU, ALARM, and BACK buttons can provide shortcuts as
explained later.
When the Menu (Home) Button is pressed the display reverts
to the “main page.”
When the Alarm Button is depressed, the Alarm Lists menu is
displayed.
Passwords
The Editing Mode is entered by pressing the navigation wheel
while the cursor is pointing to a line containing an editable field.
Once in the edit mode pressing the wheel again causes the
editable field to be highlighted. Turning the wheel clockwise
while the editable field is highlighted causes the value to be
increased. Turning the wheel counter-clockwise while the
editable field is highlighted causes the value to be decreased.
The faster the wheel is turned the faster the value is increased
or decreased. Pressing the wheel again cause the new value
to be saved and the keypad/display to leave the edit mode and
return to the navigation mode.
Enter passwords from the Main Menu:
• Enter Password links to the Entry screen, which is an
editable screen. So pressing the wheel goes to the edit
mode where the password (5321 for operators) can be
entered. The first (*) will be highlighted, rotate the wheel
clockwise to the first number and set it by pressing the
wheel. Repeat for the remaining three numbers. The
password will time out after 10 minutes with no keypad
activity, and is cancelled if a new password is entered or
the control powers down.
• Not entering a password allows access to a limited
number of parameters (with asterisks) as shown in Figure
93.
Figure 91: Password Menu
Main Menu
Enter Password
1/3
>
Unit Status
A parameter with an “R” is read only; it is giving a value or
description of a condition. An “R/W indicates a read and/or
write opportunity; a value can be read or changed (providing
the proper password has been entered).
Link and parameter access is indicated for the various
password levels with one column for each level. Column
headings for the password levels are as follows and shown in
Figure 92:
N = No password
O = Operator level
Off: Unit Sw
ACTIVE SETPT
Edit Mode
44.6°F
Entering an invalid password has the same effect as not
entering a password.
Once a valid password has been entered, the controller
allows further changes and access without requiring the user
to enter a password until either the password timer expires
or a different password is entered. The default value for this
password timer is 10 minutes.
Navigation Mode
When the navigation wheel is turned clockwise, the cursor
moves to the next line (down) on the page. When the wheel is
turned counter-clockwise the cursor moves to the previous line
(up) on the page. The faster the wheel is turned the faster the
cursor moves. Pushing the wheel acts as an “Enter” button.
Three types of lines exist:
• Menu title, displayed in the first line as in Figure 91.
• Link (also called Jump) having an arrow ( > ) in the right
of the line and used to link to the next menu.
T = Technician level
D = Daikin Applied factory service technician level
Screen navigational links:
• For each link on a screen, the linked screen is indicated
in the rightmost column.
• For each screen, the screen(s) from which you can
navigate to it is also shown in parentheses after the
screen identifier.
• For most circuit or compressor level parameters, there
is a link to a screen that shows the values for all circuits/
compressors which is indicated in the ‘Links to screen’
column as *.
For many of the circuit level screens, only one screen will be
shown in this section. The same set of screens exists for each
circuit and compressor. These screens are the ones with ‘Cx’
and Cmpx’ identifiers.
Figure 92: Example of Screen Menu With Access Levels
• Parameters with a value or adjustable set point.
For example, “Time Until Restart” jumps from level 1 to level 2
and stops there.
When the Back Button is pressed the display reverts back to
the previously displayed page. If the Back button is repeatedly
pressed the display continues to revert one page back along
Figure 93: HMI Keypad Navigation
Optional Remote User Interface
The optional remote user interface is a remote control panel
that mimics operation of the controller located on the unit. Up
to eight Pathfinder® units can be connected to it and selected
on the screen. It provides HMI (Human Machine Interface)
within a building, the building engineer’s office for example,
without going outdoors to the unit.
It can be ordered with the unit and shipped loose as a field
installed option. It can also be ordered anytime after chiller
shipment and mounted and wired on the job as explained on
the following page. The remote panel is powered from the unit
and no additional power supply is required.
All viewing and setpoint adjustments available on the unit
controller are available on the remote panel. Navigation is
identical to the unit controller as described in this manual.
The initial screen when the remote is turned on shows the units
connected to it. Highlight the desired unit and press the wheel
to access it. The remote will automatically show the units
attached to it, no initial entry is required.
Figure 94: Remote User Interface Layout
Menu Button
Alarm Button
Back Button w/ Flashing Red Alarm Light
Push and Roll
Navigating Wheel
Optional Compressor VFD
An optional variable frequency drive (VFD) for each unit
compressor provides compressor speed reduction to the
extent permissible by chiller load and discharge pressure
requirements. The speed reduction provides significant energy
savings over fixed-speed compressors.
• An alarm bell icon will be displayed in the upper righthand corner of all controller screens including the optional
remote user interface panel’s screens.
The VFD has its own controller that monitors VFD operation,
provides safety shutdowns and sends data to the chiller
controller. VFD alarms and faults are handled the same as
chiller related faults. See page 137 for information on viewing
and clearing them.
• The drive output is interrupted and the compressor coasts
to a stop.
WARNING
Access to the VFD enclosure is by factory-trained technicians
only. Unauthorized entry can result in property damage,
severe personal injury, or death.
Faults and Minor Faults/Alarms
When the drive detects a fault:
• The VFD sends a message to the chiller controller
regarding the fault.
• The chiller controller displays a hexadecimal number
code that identifies specific VFD faults listed in Table 88.
• The remote alarm circuit will be energized (wiring to a
remote alarm device is optional)
• The drive is inoperable until the fault is corrected.
When the drive detects an alarm or minor fault:
• No message is sent to the chiller controller since no
operator action is required.
• The drive continues running the compressor.
Navigating VFD Fault Codes
When a VFD fault condition is detected, the VFD hexadecimal
fault code will appear on the chiller controller display (HMI)
as a hexadecimal code, for example; 0002H. The faults that
can be corrected by the operator without accessing the VFD
interior are listed in Table 88. Note the fault code and contact
Daikin Applied factory service if unsuccessful in clearing the
listed faults or for assistance with unlisted faults.
Table 88: Fault Code, Causes and Possible Solutions
Hexa-decimal Code
0083H
0095H
0097
0019H
001FH
VFD HMI Display
CPF02
CPF20,CPF21
CPF22
dEv
Err
Fault Name, Cause
A/D Conversion Error
Control Circuit Error
Hybrid IC Error
Speed Deviation
EEPROM Write Error
0007H
oC
Overcurrent
0106H to0107H
0111H, 0112H
0131H to 0139H
0205H to 0211H
0212H to0217H
0231H to 0239H,
023AH to 023EH
0305H,0306H
oFA03 to oFA06
oFA10, oFA11
oFA30 to oFA43
oFb03 to oFb11
oFb12 to oFb17
Option Card Error
Option Card Error
Option Card Error
Option Card Error
Option Card Error
Possible Solutions
Cycle power to drive (See notes)
Reduce compressor load
Measure the current going to the compressor. Determine if there is a
sudden fluctuation in current. Reduce load
oFb30 to oFb43
Option Card Error
oFC05, oFC06
Option Card Error
0009H
oH
000AH
oH1
000BH
oL1
000CH
oL2
0008H
000FH
ov
rr
0002H
Uv1
0003F
0004H
Uv2
Uv3
Verify ambient temperature within specification. Remove any adjacent
Heatsink Overheat
heat producing equipment. Decrease load
Verify ambient temperature within specification. Remove any adjacent
Heatsink Overheat
heat producing equipment. Decrease load
Reduce load. Check for power supply phase loss/fluctuation. Check
Motor Overload
motor current against nameplate.
Reduce load. Check for power supply phase loss/fluctuation.
Drive Overload
Overvoltage DC Bus
Check motor wiring for ground faults. Check input voltage.
Braking Transistor Failed
Check for loose power connections. Check supply voltage. Cycle power
DC Bus Undervoltage
to drive (See notes)
Control Power Fault
Bypass Circuit Undervoltage Cycle power to drive (See notes)
NOTE: Depending on the fault type, the fault will shut down
the circuit or entire unit.
If a circuit is still running and on its own disconnect,
it can be left running. Disconnect and then reconnect
the faulted circuit.
If a circuit is still running and there is a common
disconnect for the unit, pump down the running
circuit, disconnect and reconnect the entire unit.
Table 89: Setpoint Changes between VFD and Non-VFD Units
Setpoint
VFD Units
Non-VFD Units
Light Load Stage
Down
Default 35
Default 40
Stop Delta T
Default 1.5
Default 0.7
Stage Up Delta T
Default 0.5
Default 1.0
PVM Config
Default None
Default Single
Point
Slide Position
Sensor
Default No
Default Yes
Table 90: Logic Changes
Logic
VFD Units
Non-VFD Units
Requirements for staging a
circuit on are different
If a calculated limit for pulldown rate is
exceeded when LWT error is less than
10°C, no additional circuit can start.
Has the logic outlined in original SRS, without the
additional logic shown at left for VFD chillers.
Method for generating load/
A scaled limit on pulldown rate is used
unload commands is different in combination with a scaled time delay
between capacity changes based on LWT
error.
An error accumulator using LWT error and loop
pulldown rate are used. Time between capacity
changes is determined by accumulator reaching
limit and the time delays in individual circuits.
Pressure control target is
different
Always controls to 350 kPa other than after
transition from SSH control
Allows pressure target to vary in order to maintain
DSH (12 to 22 °C)
Limits of SSH target are
different
SSH target varies from 3.4 to 7.0 °C (as
DSH varies from 18 to 12 °C)
SSH target varies from 2.8 to 5.5 °C (as DSH
varies from 17 to 12 °C)
Triggers for transition from
pressure control to SSH
control are different.
Circuit running for 3 minutes and DSH >=
12 deg C for 1 minute or SSH < SSH target
plus 1 degree C.
Low Pressure Unload not active and LWT <=
15.5°c and SSH >= SSH target and DSH >= 12°C
for at least 3 minutes
Triggers for transition from
SSH control to pressure
control are different.
Evap Pressure > 350 kPa for 60 seconds
LWT > 17°C or DSH < 12°C
Control Panel
The control panel for VFD units is different from non-VFD units due to the space requirements of the drive.
Figure 95: Upper Section of the VFD Control Panel Section
Figure 96: Lower Section of the VF Control Panel Section
Optional Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Optional Power Factor Correction Capacitors
Optional power factor correction capacitors (PFCC) located in
an electrical panel may have been ordered with the chiller. If
so, there is one panel per compressor and they are mounted
on the side base rail near the evaporator.
The panel has no moving parts and no routine maintenance is
required. There is a fuse for each phase, each with a blown
fuse indicator and associated red indicating light.
A fuse failure will cause a phase fault and the unit will
experience a rapid shutdown from the Phase-Voltage Monitor
for wye-delta starters or internally within solid state starters.
Units with compressor VFDs will not normally have PFCCs.
Before replacing the fuse, the cause for failure must be
determined and corrected. The chiller will not run with a blown
circuit fuse.
WARNING
Disconnect power from the unit before opening the capacitor
panel. After disconnecting, allow ten minutes for capacitor
to discharge and check for no capacitor voltage with a
voltmeter before attempting any service work.
Failure to do so can result in property damage, severe
personal injury, or death.
Figure 97: Power Factor Correction Capacitor Panel Layout
Startup and Shutdown
NOTICE
Daikin Applied service personnel or factory authorized
service agency must perform initial startup in order to activate
warranty.
CAUTION
Most relays and terminals in the unit control center are
powered when S1 is closed and the control circuit disconnect
is on. Therefore, do not close S1 until ready for startup
or the unit may start unintentionally and possibly cause
equipment damage.
Seasonal Startup
1. Double check that the discharge shutoff valve and the
optional compressor suction butterfly valves are open.
2. Check that the manual liquid-line shutoff valves at the
outlet of the subcooler coils are open.
3. Check the leaving chilled water temperature set point
on the MicroTech® III controller to be sure it is set at the
desired chilled water temperature.
4. Start the auxiliary equipment for the installation by
turning on the time clock, and/or remote on/off switch,
and chilled water pump.
5. Check to see that pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 (and
Q3) are in the “Pumpdown and Stop” (open) position.
Throw the S1 switch to the “auto” position.
6. Under the “Control Mode” menu of the keypad, place the
unit into the automatic cool mode.
CAUTION
Water flow to the unit must not be interrupted before
the compressors pump down to avoid freeze-up in the
evaporator. Interruption will cause equipment damage.
CAUTION
If all power to the unit is turned off, the compressor heaters
will become inoperable. Once power is resumed to the unit,
the compressor and oil separator heaters must be energized
a minimum of 12 hours before attempting to start the unit.
Failure to do so can damage the compressors due to
excessive accumulation of liquid in the compressor.
Startup After Temporary Shutdown
1. Insure that the compressor and oil separator heaters
have been energized for at least 12 hours prior to
starting the unit.
2. Start the chilled water pump.
3. With System switch Q0 in the “on” position, move
pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 to the “auto” position.
4. Observe the unit operation until the system has
stabilized.
Extended (Seasonal) Shutdown
1. Move the Q1 and Q2 (and Q3) switches to the manual
pumpdown position.
7. Start the system by moving pumpdown switch Q1 to the
“auto” position.
2. After the compressors have pumped down, turn off the
chilled water pump.
8. Repeat step 7 for Q2 (and Q3).
3. Turn off all power to the unit and to the chilled water
pump.
Temporary Shutdown
Move pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 to the “Pumpdown and
Stop” position. After the compressors have pumped down, turn
off the chilled water pump.
CAUTION
Do not turn the unit off using the “Override Stop” switch,
without first moving Q1 and Q2 (and Q3) to the “Stop”
position, unless it is an emergency, as this will prevent the
unit from going through a proper shutdown/pumpdown
sequence, resulting in possible equipment damage.
CAUTION
The unit has a one-time pumpdown operation. When Q1
and Q2 are in the “Pumpdown and Stop” position the unit
will pump down once and not run again until the Q1 and Q2
switches are moved to the auto position. If Q1 and Q2 are
in the auto position and the load has been satisfied, the unit
will go into one-time pumpdown and will remain off until the
MicroTech® III control senses a call for cooling and starts the
unit.
4. If fluid is left in the evaporator, confirm that the
evaporator heaters are operational.
5. Move the emergency stop switch S1 to the “off” position.
6. Close the compressor discharge valve and the optional
compressor suction valve (if so equipped) as well as the
liquid line shutoff valves.
7. Tag all opened compressor disconnect switches to warn
against startup before opening the compressor suction
valve and liquid line shutoff valves.
8. If glycol is not used in the system, drain all water from
the unit evaporator and chilled water piping if the unit is
to be shutdown during winter and temperatures below
-20°F can be expected. The evaporator is equipped
with heaters to help protect it down to -20°F. Chilled
water piping must be protected with field-installed
protection. Do not leave the vessels or piping open to
the atmosphere over the shutdown period.
9. Do not apply power to the evaporator heaters if the
system is drained of fluids as this can cause the heaters
to burn out.
Startup After Extended (Seasonal)
Shutdown
1. With all electrical disconnects locked and tagged out,
check all screw or lug-type electrical connections to be
sure they are tight for good electrical contact.
DANGER
LOCK AND TAG OUT ALL POWER SOURCES WHEN
CHECKING CONNECTIONS. ELECTRICAL SHOCK WILL
CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH.
2. Check the voltage of the unit power supply and see that
it is within the ±10% tolerance that is allowed. Voltage
unbalance between phases must be within ±3%.
The following table gives glycol concentrations required for
freeze protection.
Table 91: Freeze Protection Temperature
Percent Volume Glycol Concentration Required
°F (°C)
For Freeze Protection
Ethylene
Glycol
Propylene
Glycol
For Burst Protection
Ethylene
Glycol
Propylene
Glycol
20 (6.7)
16
18
11
12
10 (-12.2)
25
29
17
20
0 (-17.8)
33
36
22
24
-10 (-23.3)
39
42
26
28
3. See that all auxiliary control equipment is operative and
that an adequate cooling load is available for startup.
-20 (-28.9)
44
46
30
30
-30 (-34.4)
48
50
30
33
4. Check all compressor flange connections for tightness to
avoid refrigerant loss. Always replace valve seal caps.
-40 (-40.0)
52
54
30
35
-50 (-45.6)
56
57
30
35
5. Make sure system switch Q0 is in the “Stop” position and
pumpdown switches Q1 and Q2 are set to “Pumpdown
and Stop”, throw the main power and control disconnect
switches to “on.” This will energize the crankcase
heaters. Wait a minimum of 12 hours before starting up
unit. Turn compressor circuit breakers to “off” position
until ready to start unit.
-60 (-51.1)
60
60
30
35
6. Open the optional compressor suction butterfly as well
as the liquid line shutoff valves, compressor discharge
valves.
7. Vent the air from the evaporator water side as well as
from the system piping. Open all water flow valves and
start the chilled water pump. Check all piping for leaks
and recheck for air in the system. Verify the correct flow
rate by taking the pressure drop across the evaporator
and checking the pressure drop curves beginning on
page 82.
NOTE: These values are examples only and cannot be
appropriate to every situation. Generally, for an
extended margin of protection, select a temperature
at least 10°F lower than the expected lowest ambient
temperature. Inhibitor levels should be adjusted for
solutions less than 25% glycol.
Glycol of less than 25% concentration is not
recommended, unless inhibitors are adjusted,
because of the potential for bacterial growth and loss
of heat transfer efficiency.
System Maintenance
System Maintenance
General
On initial startup and periodically during operation, it will
be necessary to perform certain routine service checks.
Among these are checking the liquid line sight glasses, and
the compressor oil level sight glass. In addition, check the
MicroTech® III controller temperature and pressure readings
with gauges and thermometers to see that the unit has
normal condensing and suction pressure and superheat and
subcooling readings.
A Periodic Maintenance Log is located at the end of this
manual. It is suggested that the log be copied and a report be
completed on a regular basis. The log will serve as a useful
tool for a service technician in the event service is required.
Initial startup date, vibration readings, compressor megger
readings and oil analysis information should be kept for
reference base-line data.
Prior to this procedure, pump out the compressor; isolate the
electrical supply to the control panels and compressor motor
terminal.
WARNING
After the compressor has been pumped down and isolated,
the oil contained inside the filter housing will remain hot
enough to cause burns for some time afterwards. Always
allow sufficient time for the oil to cool down so that it is cool
enough not to be a danger when drained off (less than 35 °C
is recommended). Severe injury from burns can result.
Figure 98: Oil Filter Location
Vibration Monitoring (Optional)
Vibration readings are often used as an indicator of a possible
problem requiring maintenance. If vibration monitoring is part
of the site PM program, the compressor can be checked with a
vibration analyzer on an annual basis. When doing the annual
testing, the load should be maintained as closely as possible
to the load of the original test. The initial vibration analysis test
provides a benchmark of the compressor, and when performed
routinely, can give a warning of impending problems.
Lubrication
The fan motor bearings are permanently lubricated. No further
lubrication is required. Excessive fan motor bearing noise is
an indication of a potential bearing failure.
Figure 99: Oil Filter Housing Cover Plate
POE type oil is used for compressor lubrication. This type
of oil is extremely hygroscopic which means it will quickly
absorb moisture if exposed to air and form acids that can be
harmful to the chiller. Avoid prolonged exposure of refrigerant
to the atmosphere to prevent this problem. For more details
on acceptable oil types, contact your Daikin Applied service
representative.
CAUTION
POE oil must be handled carefully using proper protective
equipment (gloves, eye protection, etc.). The oil must not
come into contact with certain polymers (e.g. PVC) as it may
absorb moisture from this material. Also, do not use oil or
refrigerant additives to the system.
It is important that only the manufacturer’s recommended oil be
used. Acceptable POE oil types are:
• CPI/Lubrizol Emkarate RL68H
• Exxon/Mobil EAL Arctic 68
Oil filter assembly components are:
• Oil Filter - 250mm
• Oil Filter Housing Cover
• O-Ring – 89.5x3
• O-Ring – 76.1x3.4
• (6) M8 Bolts
• Hatcol 3693
• Everest 68
The compressor oil heater is 250 watts and is on when the
compressor is off and off when it is on.
Oil Filter Removal and Renewal
System Maintenance
Disassembly Procedure
1. Unscrew and remove two hex head side cover bolts 180°
apart. Insert M8 guide studs into the vacant holes.
2. Remove remaining bolts, remove oil filter housing cover.
3. Pull the oil filter off of the spigot and withdraw the oil filter
from the housing and clean the housing.
Electrical Terminals
DANGER
Electric equipment can cause electric shock which will cause
severe personal injury or death. Turn off, lock out and tag all
power before continuing with following service. Panels can
have more than one power source.
CAUTION
Periodically check electrical terminals for tightness and
tighten as required. Always use a back-up wrench when
tightening electrical terminals.
Condensers
4. Clean oil filter housing cover plate and all other
components.
Fitting a New Oil Filter Element – Reassembly
Before reassembly, remove any paint from joint faces. Inspect
parts individually for damage, ensure they are completely clean
before laying them out on a clean surface in a logical order
ready for reassembly.
Use fresh refrigerant oil to lubricate parts during reassembly.
1. Install new O-rings on the oil filter housing cover.
2. Insert new oil filter into the housing, ensuring the filter
sits tightly on the sealing spigot.
3. Replace the oil filter housing cover.
The condensers are air-cooled and constructed of 3/8”
(9.5mm) OD internally finned copper tubes bonded in
a staggered pattern into louvered aluminum fins. No
maintenance is ordinarily required except the routine removal
of dirt and debris from the outside surface of the fins. Daikin
recommends the use of non-caustic, non-acidic cleaners
available at most air conditioning supply outlets. Flush the coil
from the inside out.
WARNING
Use caution when applying coil cleaners. They can contain
potentially harmful chemicals. Wear breathing apparatus
and protective clothing. Carefully follow the cleaner
manufacturer’s MSDS sheets. Thoroughly rinse all surfaces
to remove any cleaner residue. Do not damage the fins
during cleaning.
If the service technician has determined that the refrigerant
charge has been contaminated, the charge should be
recovered and tested for contaminates or noncondensables.
Appropriate actions should be taken based on testing and
Clean Air Act regulations.
System Maintenance
Table 92: Compressor VFD Inspection Areas
Inspection
Area
Inspection Points
Corrective Action
Inspect equipment for discoloration from
overheating or deterioration.
Replace damaged equipment as required.
Inspect for dirt, foreign particles, or dust collection
on components
Inspect door seal if so equipped. Use dry air to clear
foreign matter
Conductors and
Wiring
Inspect wiring and connections for discoloration,
damage or heat stress.
Repair or replace damaged wire.
Terminals
Inspect terminals for loose, stripped, or damaged
connections
Tighten loose screws and replace damaged screws or
terminals.
Inspect contactors and relay for excessive noise
during operation
Check coil voltage for over or under voltage condition.
Inspect coils for signs of overheating such as
melted or cracked insulation.
Replace damaged removable relays, contactors or circuit
board.
General
Relays and
Contactors
Liquid Line Sight Glass
Pump Operation
Observe the refrigerant sight glasses weekly. A clear glass of
liquid indicates that there is adequate refrigerant charge in the
system to provide proper feed through the expansion valve.
It is highly recommended that the chiller unit control the chilled
water pump(s). The integral chiller control system has the
capability to selectively start pump A or B or automatically
alternate pump selection at each start and also has pump
standby operation capability.
Bubbling refrigerant in the sight glass, during stable run
conditions, may indicate that there can be an electronic
expansion valve (EXV) problem since the EXV regulates
refrigerant flow. Refrigerant gas flashing in the sight glass
could also indicate an excessive pressure drop in the liquid
line, possibly due to a clogged filter-drier or a restriction
elsewhere in the liquid line.
An element inside the sight glass indicates the moisture
condition corresponding to a given element color. If the sight
glass does not indicate a dry condition after about 12 hours of
operation, an oil acid test is recommended.
Do not use the sight glass on the EXV body for refrigerant
charging. Its purpose is to view the position of the valve.
Lead-Lag
A feature on all Daikin Pathfinder® air-cooled chillers is a
system for alternating the sequence in which the compressors
start to balance the number of starts and run hours. LeadLag of the refrigerant circuits is accomplished automatically
through the MicroTech® III controller. When in the auto mode,
the circuit with the fewest number of starts will be started first.
If all circuits are operating and a stage down in the number of
operating compressors is required, the circuit with the most
operating hours will cycle off first. The operator can override
the MicroTech® III controller, and manually select the lead
circuit as circuit #1, #2 or #3.
Failure to have the chiller control the pumps may cause the
following problems:
1. If any device, other than the chiller, should try to start
the chiller without first starting the pumps, the chiller will
lock out on the no-flow alarm and require a manual reset
to restart. This can be disruptive to the normal cooling
process.
2. In areas where freeze-up is a concern, the chiller control
senses the chilled water temperature and turns on an
immersion heater in the evaporator. It also signals the
chilled water pump to start to providing flow through the
evaporator and additional protection against evaporator
and outside pipe freeze-up . Other pump starting
methods will not automatically provide this protection.
Note: the owner/operator must be aware that when the
water temperature falls below freezing temperatures it
is imperative NOT to stop the pump(s) as immediate
freeze-up can occur.
This method of freeze protection is only effective as
long as the facility and the chiller have power. The only
positive freeze protection during power failures is to
drain the evaporator and blow out each tube or add the
appropriate concentration of glycol to the system.
System Maintenance
Figure 100: Preventative Maintenance Schedule
Operation
Weekly
Monthly
(Note 1)
Annual
(Note 2)
General
Complete unit log and review (Note 3)
X
Inspect unit for loose or damaged components and visible leaks
X
Inspect thermal insulation for integrity
X
Clean and paint as required
X
Electrical ( * including the optional VFD)
Sequence test controls *
X
Check contactors for pitting, replace as required *
X
Check terminals for tightness, tighten as necessary *
X
Clean control panel interior *
X
Clean control box fan filter * (Note 7 )
X
Visually inspect components for signs of overheating *
X
Verify compressor and oil heater operation
X
Megger compressor motor
X
Refrigeration/Lubricant
Leak test
X
Check liquid line sight glasses for clear flow
X
Check compressor oil sight glass for correct level (lubricant charge)
X
Check filter-drier pressure drop (Note 6)
X
Perform compressor vibration test (optional)
X
Perform oil analysis test on compressor oil
X
Condenser (air-cooled)
Clean condenser coils (Note 4)
X
Check fan blades for tightness on shaft (Note 5)
X
Check fans for loose rivets and cracks, check motor brackets
X
Check coil fins for damage and straighten as necessary
X
NOTE: 1 Monthly operations include all weekly operations.
2 Annual (or spring startup) operations include all weekly and monthly operations.
3 Log readings can be taken daily for a higher level of unit observation.
4 Coil cleaning can be required more frequently in areas with a high level of airborne particles.
5 Be sure fan motors are electrically locked out.
6 Replace the filter if pressure drop exceeds 20 psi.
7 The weekly fan filter cleaning schedule can be modified to meet job conditions. It is important that the filter allows full
air flow.
Warranty Registration Form (Screw)
Screw Compressor Equipment Warranty Registration Form
Attention: Warranty Department
Daikin
P.O Box 2510
Staunton, VA 24402-2510
This form must be completely filled out and returned to the
Staunton Warrenty Departmen within ten (10) days of start-up in order to comply
with the terms of "Daikin Limited Product Warranty".
Check, Test and Commissioning for
Daikin Air-Cooled Screw Compressor
Pathfinder (AWS)
Note: Use OM and IMM or Later Manuals
Job Name:
Startup Date:
Daikin G .O . No .:
Daikin S .O . No .:
Installation Address:
City/State/Zip:
Purchasing Contractor:
Phone:
City/State/Zip:
No . of units at site:
Unit Model No .:
Serial No .:
Compressor # 1 Model . #:
Compressor # 1 Serial No .:
Benshaw Control Box M/M #:
Benshaw Control Box S/N #:
I . Pre Start-Up Procedure: Refer to contractors pre-start-up checklist .
DESIGN CONDITIONS
CHILLER:
Entering Temp .:
°F
Leaving Temp .:
Evap . H2O Press . Drop:
ft./▲P
°F
GPM:
Design minimum outdoor air:
°F
Pre Start-Up Checklist, All NO checks require an explanation under "Description" . Please check yes or no .
YES
A. Is the unit free of visible shipping damage, corrosion or paint problems?
NO
B. Is unit installed level and isolator springs properly installed (if applicable)?
C. Does the unit meet all location, installation and service clearances per IM Bulletin?
D. Are fans properly aligned and do they turn freely?
E. Are all set screws on the fans tight?
F. Does electrical service correspond to unit nameplate?
G. Has electrical service been checked for proper phasing at each circuit power terminal block?
H. Has unit been properly grounded?
I. Has a fused disconnect and fuses or breaker been sized per product manual and installed per local code?
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Control # - 10F-4068
1
Pre Start-Up Checklist (continued)
YES
J. Are all electrical power connections tight?
NO
K. Have compressor heaters and oil separator heaters been
been operating for 24 hours prior to start-up?
L. Does all field wiring conform to unit electrical specifications?
M. Are all system hand valves properly positioned?
N. Has a flow switch been installed properly and calibrated correctly?
O. Are there access taps in the evaporator entering and leaving chilled water lines
to record water pressures and temperatures?
P. Has the chill water circuit been cleaned, flushed, and water treatment confirmed?
Q. Does the chiller water piping conform to the IM Bulletin and strainer installed before evaporator?
R. Is this job a BAS interfaced controlled site?
LON
BACNET
MOD BUS
S. Verify building automation control sequence and describe under notes.
T. Has the unit been leak checked and any leaks found listed under notes?
U. Have outputs been tested using the service test mode?
V. Have Roto-lock fittings on compressor been checked for factory torque markings?
W. Description of unit location with respect to building structures.
Description:
MiroTech Status Check - Each reading must be verified with field provided instruments.
Software ID:
MicroTech
A . Leaving Evaporator Setpoint
B . Reset Setpoint
C . Unit Temperatures:
D . Unit Offsets:
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
F
Verification
F
Leaving Evaporator
F
F
Entering Evaporator
F
F
Outdoor Air
F
F
Outdoor Air Offset
F
Entering Evaporator Temp Offset
F
Leaving Evaporator Temp Offset
F
2
II . Commissioning Procedure - Please refer to I .M . bulletin for operating and unit functions .
Caution:
Do not take readings until the system has stabilized at 75% to 100% of comrpessor capacity.
Under "System Notes" on page 8, list settings which have been changed from
factory default to accomadate applications and installation conditions.
III . Startup (Readings Should be Taken at Full Load if Possible) .
YES
A. Does unit start and perform per sequence of operation as stated in the IM bulletin?
NO
B. Do condenser fans rotate in the proper direction?
C. If the VFD Fan Speed Control option is present; does it function properly?
D. Is mechanical operation satisfactory (noise, vibration, etc)?
E. Is the main liquid line sight glasses clear (do not use the ETXV body sight glass)?
F. Are the line moisture indicators showing a dry system?
G. Is there a reset mode programmed?
ACTUAL CONDITIONS RECORDED AT START-UP
CHILLER:
Entering Temp.
°F
Leaving Temp.
°F
GPM
Pressure Drop
ft
V
V
IV . Electrical Data
A. Unit voltage across each phase:
B. Unit current per phase:
L1-L2
V
L1
L1-L3
Amps
L2
L2-L3
Amps
L3
Amps
C. Compressor current per phase at starter input:
Compressor # 1:
T1 Amps
T2 Amps
T3 Amps
Compressor # 2:
T1 Amps
T2 Amps
T3 Amps
Compressor # 3:
T1 Amps
T2 Amps
T3 Amps
D. The starter overload trip setting:
E. Phase voltage monitor settings:
C1
C2
Voltage
F. #1 Motor megger readings per Service Bulletin:
#2 Motor megger readings per Service Bulletin:
#3 Motor meggar readings per Service Bulletin:
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
C3
Imbalance
Restart
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
#1
#2
#3
#4
#5
#6
Time Delay
3
Circuit #1
Circuit # 1 Readings
Slide target
%
Number of fan stages active
Fan VFD YES
NO
Microtech
Refrigerant Pressures:
Refrigerant Temps:
EXV Data:
Circuit #1 Offsets:
Additional Data:
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Verification
Evaporator Pressure
psig
psig
Condenser Pressure
psig
psig
Liquid Line Pressure
psig
psig
Saturated Evaporator Temperature
°F
°F
°F
°F
Saturated Liquid Line Temperature
°F
°F
Suction Temperature
°F
°F
Discharge Temperature
°F
°F
Liquid Temperature
°F
°F
Suction Superheat
°F
°F
Discharge Superheat
°F
°F
Liquid Subcooling
°F
°F
Condenser Approach
°F
Evaporator Approach
°F
EXV control Type
EXV Steps
%
Evaporator Pressure
psig
Condenser Pressure
psig
psig
Evaporator Temperature
°F
Condenser Temperature
°F
Liquid Line Temperature
°F
Liquid Line Filter Drier Pressure Drop
#1
psid
Condenser Pressure Drop
psid
Oil Injection Pressure at Compressor
psig
Oil Filter Pressure Drop from Compressor Discharges
(as DP SW)
psid
4
#2
psid
Circuit #2
Circuit # 2 Readings
Slide target
%
Fan VFD
YES
NO
Microtech
Refrigerant Temps:
EXV Data:
Circuit #2 Offsets:
Additional Data:
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Verification
Evaporator Pressure
psig
psig
Condenser Pressure
psig
psig
psig
psig
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
Suction Temperature
°F
°F
°F
°F
Liquid Temperature
°F
°F
Suction Superheat
°F
°F
Discharge Superheat
°F
°F
Liquid Subcooling
°F
°F
Condenser Approach
°F
Evaporator Approach
°F
EXV control Type
EXV Steps
%
Evaporator Pressure
psig
Condenser Pressure
psig
psig
°F
°F
°F
#1
psid
psid
psig
(as DP SW)
psid
5
#2
psid
Circuit #3
Circuit #3 Readings
Slide target
%
Fan VFD
YES
NO
Microtech
Refrigerant Temps:
EXV Data:
Circuit #3 Offsets:
Additional Data:
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
Verification
Evaporator Pressure
psig
psig
Condenser Pressure
psig
psig
psig
psig
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
°F
Suction Temperature
°F
°F
°F
°F
Liquid Temperature
°F
°F
Suction Superheat
°F
°F
Discharge Superheat
°F
°F
Liquid Subcooling
°F
°F
Condenser Approach
°F
Evaporator Approach
°F
EXV control Type
EXV Steps
%
Evaporator Pressure
psig
Condenser Pressure
psig
psig
°F
°F
°F
#1
psid
psid
psig
(as DP SW)
psid
6
#2
psid
Note: If the refrigerant charge was adjusted, how much?
Ckt. 1
Ckt. 2
List any leaks under notes
Ckt. 3
Non-MicroTech Information
Does the system contain glycol?
YES
If yes, is it Ethylene
% by weight
or Proplene
NO
%
YES
If the chilled water system includes glycol, have the setpoints been changed?
NO
Note: If glycol had been added, has the contractor and owner been cautioned to maintain an adequate mix?
YES
Stage pressure hold setting
The vibration levels are:
psig, Stage Pressure unload setting
Comp. #1
Liquid Line filter/drier pressure drop
psig.The freeze water setpoint
Comp. #2
Comp. #3
#2
#3
#1
NO
°F.
Note: See installation bulletin for low temperature or ice bank applications.
On completion list run hours and starts of each circuit:
Circuit # 1 hrs.
Starts
Circuit # 2 hrs.
Starts
Circuit # 3 hrs.
Starts
Notes: (Include any known deficiencies or pending issues)
Brief System and Control Description, include how unit is cycled:
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
7
List any control settings changed from defaults:
Performed By:
Performed By:
Title:
PLEASE PRINT
Date:
SIGNATURE
Mechanical Contractor’s/
Owner’s Signature (REQUIRED)
Date:
Building Automation
System Contractor:
Electrical Contractor:
Attention: Warranty Department
Daikin
P .O . Box 2510
Staunton, VA 24402-2510
Screw Compressor Equipment Warranty Registration Form
This form must be completely filled out and returned to Staunton Warranty Department, within ten (10) days
of start-up in order to comply with the terms of the Daikin Limited Product Warranty .
Part # 330693101
2/11/2010 - HNA
8
Appendix
Definitions
Active Set Point
OAT
The active set point is the setting in effect at any given
moment. This variation occurs on set points that can be
altered during normal operation. Resetting the chilled water
leaving temperature set point by one of several methods, such
as return water temperature, is an example.
Outside ambient air temperature
Active Capacity Limit
The active set point is the setting in effect at any given
moment. Any one of several external inputs can limit a
compressor’s capacity below its maximum value.
Offset
Offset is the difference between the actual value of a variable
(such as temperature or pressure) and the reading shown on
the controller as a result of the sensor signal.
pLAN
Peco Local Area Network is the proprietary name of the
network connecting the control elements.
Dead Band
Refrigerant Saturated Temperature
The dead band is a range of values surrounding a set point
such that a change in the variable occurring within the dead
band range causes no action from the controller. For example,
if a temperature set point is 44°F and it has a dead band of ± 2
degrees F, nothing will happen until the measured temperature
is less than 42°F or more than 46°F.
Refrigerant saturated temperature is calculated from the
pressure sensor readings for each circuit. The pressure is
fitted to an R-134a temperature/pressure curve to determine
the saturated temperature.
DIN
Digital input, usually followed by a number designating the
number of the input.
Soft Load
Soft Loading is a configurable function used to ramp up the
unit capacity over a given time period, usually used to influence
building electrical demand by gradually loading the unit.
SP
Error
Set point
In the context of this manual, “Error” is the difference between
the actual value of a variable and the target setting or set point.
SSS
Evaporator Approach
The evaporator approach is calculated for each circuit.
Evaporator Approach = LWT – Evap Saturated Temp
Evap Recirc Timer
Appendix
Solid state starter as used on Daikin screw compressors.
Suction Superheat
Suction superheat is calculated for each circuit using the
following equation:
Suction Superheat = Suction Temp – Evap Saturated Temp
A timing function, with a 30-second default, that holds off any
reading of chilled water for the duration of the timing setting.
This delay allows the chilled water sensors (especially water
temperatures) to take a more accurate reading of the chilled
water system conditions.
Stage Up/Down Accumulator - Fans
EXV
Staging is the act of starting or stopping a compressor or fan
when another is still operating. Startup and Stop is the act
of starting the first compressor or fan and stopping the last
compressor or fan. The Delta-T is the “dead band” on either
side of the set point in which no action is taken.
Electronic expansion valve, used to control the flow of
refrigerant to the evaporator.
Load Limit
An external signal from the keypad, the BAS or a 4-20 ma
signal that limits the compressor loading to a designated
percent of full load. Frequently used to limit unit power input.
Load Balance
Load balance is a technique that equally distributes the total
unit load among the running compressors on a unit or group of
units.
LWT
Leaving water temperature. The “water” is any fluid used in the
chiller circuit.
ms
Milli-second
The accumulator can be thought of as a bank storing
occurrences that indicate the need for an additional fan.
Stageup/Stagedown Delta-T
Stage Up Delay
The time delay from the start of the first compressor to the start
of the second.
Startup Delta-T
Number of degrees above the LWT set point required to start
the first compressor.
Stop Delta-T
Number of degrees below the LWT set point required for the
last compressor to stop.
VDC
Volts, Direct current, sometimes noted as vdc.
Daikin Applied Training and Development
Now that you have made an investment in modern, efficient Daikin Applied equipment, its care should
be a high priority. For training information on all Daikin Applied HVAC products, please visit us at
www.DaikinApplied.com and click on Training, or call 540-248-9646 and ask for the Training Department.
Warranty
All Daikin Applied equipment is sold pursuant to its standard terms and conditions of sale, including
Limited Product Warranty. Consult your local Daikin Applied representative for warranty details. To find
your local Daikin Applied representative, go to www.DaikinApplied.com.
Aftermarket Services
To find your local parts office, visit www.DaikinApplied.com or call 800-37PARTS (800-377-2787).
To find your local service office, visit www.DaikinApplied.com or call 800-432-1342.
This document contains the most current product information as of this printing. For the most up-to-date
product information, please go to www.DaikinApplied.com.
Products manufactured in an ISO Certified Facility.
IOM 1202-2 (05/15)
©2015 Daikin Applied | (800) 432–1342 | www.DaikinApplied.com

Installation, Operation, and Maintenance Manual

Transcription

Similar documents

brochure

The first Annual Leslie B. Thompson Memorial Award co

SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET UNIT SUMMARY PROJECT NAME LOCATION

Deka Lake VFD - Sulphurous Lake Hall

From the Desk of Dean G. De Vries Bock - ELCSA

Vincent Camus

Dunham Bush Water-Cooled Screw Chillers with Inverter Driven

SUBMITTAL COVER SHEET

ME354 − C Name:

Variable Frequency Drive Training Systems